VAN SANT 
MANUAL OF SHORTHAND 




Class __Z_JTjo 
Book__l__^r 



Copyright N 



a 



o <U 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT: 



Van Sant 
Manual of Shorthand 



BY 

ELIZABETH VAN SANT 



LYONS AND CARNAHAN 

CHICAGO NEW YORK 



^5L 



w % * ^> 



COPYRIGHT, 1913 

BY 

LYONS AND CARNAHAN 



©CI.A35Q979 



PREFACE 



The Munson system of phonography possesses many ad- 
vantages over other systems. It is governed largely by general 
rules, and has few exceptions. 

It was the first to abandon the corresponding style of writing 
and to teach but one form for the amanuensis and the court 
reporter. This one change in the method of presentation, apart 
from all other improvements which have been made, has saved 
an immense amount of time and labor on the part of learners. 
The student learns at first the best form for every word and 
phrase, instead of being taught one form and afterwards having 
the double task of forgetting that form and learning a new one 
for the same word or phrase. 

The method of adding hooks has also been much simplified. 
The old and cumbersome method of reversing certain stems 
when hooks are added has been abandoned, and every stem has 
been made subject to the same rules as regards the joining of 
hooks, circles and loops, as well as halving and doubling. 

The rules of phrasing are not only simplified but amplified, 
and instead of learning a long list of arbitrary phrases, general 
rules are given which enable the writer to form an indefinite 
number of rapidly written and legible phrases without taxing 
the memory with special forms. 

Legibility is one of the strong points* of the Munson system, 
Every word is expressed by a shorthand outline, and nothing is 
left to the imagination of the reader. Careful provision has 
been made for words that are likely to conflict. 

Legibility without speed would be of little practical value in 
the severe tests to which shorthand is subjected, not only in 
court and legislative reporting, but in many kinds of amanuensis 
work. The Munson "system has for years been acknowledged 
one of the most rapid systems in existence. It has produced 
some of the most rapid writers ever known in this country. 
' In placing another shorthand text-book upon the market it is 
believed that there is room for a text prepared by teachers who 
are familiar with the difficulties of learners. The forty lessons 
covering the principles of the system presented in this book are 
the outgrowth of a method of teaching which has been used 
for many years in the school conducted by the authors. The 
lessons were remodeled from time to time until the statements 



of rules are made so clear that they can be easily understood by 
students. 

The following are some of the special features of the book: 

In stating principles and rules, illustrative words are given 
in the body of the text instead of in separate lines or para- 
graphs. The advantage of having each rule or principle im- 
mediately supported by illustrations will be' apparent to every 
instructor. 

Word-signs, which form so essential a part of every system, 
are introduced a few at a time throughout the series of lessons, 
and are used in the reading and writing exercises. Upon the 
completion of the study of the principles the student is familiar 
with about 225 'of the more frequently used word-signs, as well 
as with a large number of their derivatives. 

Phrasing is introduced in the early lessons, and as each prin- 
ciple of word-building is explained its application to phrasing is 
also explained. The result is that the student learns to join 
words in phrases as naturally as he joins stems in forming words. 
This result can not be reached where the student is obliged to 
proceed for several weeks with his study of shorthand before 
taking up the principles of phrasing. 

There is nothing in the entire book to be unlearned. No 
word is used in the exercises until the principles governing its 
formation have been thoroughly explained. No group of words 
is given until they can be phrased exactly as an advanced 
writer should phrase them. 

The principles of each lesson are fixed in the mind by reading 
and writing exercises which involve all the principles of the 
lesson. As" these exercises are not keyed, and as they also involve 
a frequent review of principles previously taught, they furnish an 
excellent test of the student's knowledge of the principles. 

The matter comprising the reading and writing exercises con- 
sists of sensible, grammatical sentences and business letters. 

Word-signs and derivatives are given in the same list, and are 
arranged conveniently for both study and reference. The "Words 
Distinguished" are alphabetically arranged so that the form for 
any word can be quickly ascertained without reference to the 
other words of the same group; at the same time a reference 
is given to the group in case further information is desired. 

The book is completely indexed. This will be appreciated by 
teachers who have worked with poorly indexed books. 

ELIZABETH VAN SANT. 



LESSON I. 
STRAIGHT STEMS— VOWELS A AND 0. 

Phonography is based on phonetic spelling. A word is written in 
phonography exactly as it is pronounced, regardless of the spelling. 
Thus, the word though is written tho; rough is written ruf; edge is 
written ej; sleigh is written sld. 

Consonants are represented by straight lines and by quarters of a 
circle written at different angles. They are made light to represent 
light or whispered sounds, and heavy to represent loud or spoken 
sounds. The consonant outlines are called stems. 

Phonographic signs represent definite sounds, and not letters, which 
may have several sounds. The words came, king, character, and quay 
(pronounced "key") begin with the same sound, which in each instance 
is represented in shorthand by the stem K; gem and jail have the same 
initial sound, which is represented in shorthand by the stem J. 

Length of Stems. — Stems should be made not over three-sixteenths 
of an inch long. The heavy straight stems should be uniformly shaded 
from the beginning to the end. 

STRAIGHT STEMS. 

light. ./\. P as in pay heavy. ..\. B as in buy 

__L. T as in take .J... D as in day 

__/-. CHas in check ../.. J as in joy 

— -. K as in key _=—-- G as in gay 

5 



6 VOWELS A AND O. 

Vowels are represented by dots and dashes placed beside the 
stems. Long vowel sounds are indicated by heavy dots and dashes, 
and short vowel sounds by light dots and dashes. Dash vowels 
should be made one-fourth the length of the stems. 

Dash vowels are placed at right angles to the accompanying stems. 

Method of Reading. — If a vowel is written to the left of an upright 
or above a horizontal stem, it is read before the stem; if written to 
the right of an upright or below a horizontal stem, it is read after 
the stem. Thus in phonography we read as in ordinary print, from 
left to right and from the top downward. 

Vowels A and 0. — A heavy dot placed at the middle of a stem 
represents the sound of a as heard in may, weight, came, etc.; thus, 

pay p a .A- ape dp .«A. ache a k .-^r. gay g a .r^r-. 

A heavy dash placed at the middle of a stem represents the sound 
of o as heard in no, snow, toe, etc.; thus, 

oat ot "J... dough do .J". beau bo _\. oak ok JL, 

The stem should be written first and the vowel or vowels placed 
in position afterward. 

Capital Letters. — Two light parallel marks beneath a word writ- 
ten in shorthand indicate that the word begins with a capital letter; 
thus, ../. Jay, -^ Coe. 

READING EXERCISE. 



day 
age 
ope 



WRIl 


riNG EXERCISE. 




toe 


bow doe 


Day 


Joe 


tow aid 


Kay 


beau 


aitch bay 


gay 



CURVED STEMS HEAVY VOWELS. i 

LESSON II. 
CURVED STEMS— HEAVY VOWELS. 

Sixteen consonants are represented by quarters of a circle. The 
following diagrams illustrate the formation of four of these curved 
stems: 

heavy. .-- 



^ ' SH V V_ ->4 



r ZH 

CURVED STEMS. 

light. V-.. F as in fine heavy. .Ss~. V as in vine 

..-J.. SHas in show ..->/.. ZH as in azure 

The heavy curved stems are shaded by increasing the pressure of 
pen or pencil to the middle and gradually diminishing to the end. 

Vowel Positions. — Vowels have three positions in relation to the 
stem, as follows: 

First position, at the beginning of the stem. 
Second position, at the middle of the stem. 
Third position, at the end of the stem. 
The second-position vowels (a and o) given in the preceding lesson 
are also included in the table below. 

HEAVY VOWELS. 

First position. ..... a as in calm ...... a as in all 

Second position. ..*].. a as in may . ~L. o as in no 

Third position. ...\.. e as in be ...\.. 6b as in boot 

In studying the vowels be careful to give the correct sound to each. 
To illustrate: The first-position heavy dot represents the sound of 
a as heard in the word calm. By spelling this word phonetically, or 
by sound, k a m, it will be found that the vowel sound is ah. The 



8 POSITIONS OF CONSONANTS. 

first-position dash represents the sound of a as heard in the word 
all. By spelling the word phonetically, a I, it will be found that the 
vowel sound is aw. Each word should be carefully analyzed in 
this way. 

Positions of Consonants. — Consonant stems have three positions 
in relation to the line. Upright stems in the first position are writ- 
ten with the lowest point half the height of the stem T above the line; 
in the second position they touch the line; in the third position the 
line divides them in the middle. Horizontal stems in the first posi- 
tion are placed the height of the stem T above the line, in the second 
position just above the line, and in the third position just below the 
line. The following illustrates the positions of stems: 

First position. 

Second position. .\-.\... J... .1.. ./..../.. ..^^-..— — 

Third position. .y.X—|— .]—-/.— / 

If a word has but one vowel, the stem is written in the position of 
that vowel. If the vowel is first position the stem is written above 
the line and the vowel at the beginning of the stem; if the vowel is 
second position the stem is written on the line and the vowel at the 
middle of the stem; if the vowel is third position the stem is written 
in the third position and the vowel at the end of the stem, as follows: 

First position. pa pa ought at ...... caw ka 



Second position, bay b a ._\. owed o d ~\... Coe k o _r=p-. 

Third position. be be ..V. to too .A... coo hod 

In reading a word in phonography the phonetic spelling is fol- 
lowed, giving to each stem or vowel the sound it represents, and not 
the name of the letter. Thus, the word each (--/-) is read e ch. t the 
sounds being exactly those heard when the word is pronounced very 
slowly. 

In placing the dash vowels with curved stems let them point 



CURVET* STEMS. 







towards the center of the circle of which the curve is a part; as 
. v». foe, .^.. shoe, -Js show. Vowels outside the curve of F 
or V are read before the stem, and vowels inside the curve after 
the stein; as, ^.. eve, Su. fay, ^. fee. 



READING EXERCISE 



Xk.. 



v 



■y--.-^4. 



WRITING EXERCISE. 



fee 

Shaw 

oaf 



Vey 



Shea 


tea 


Key 


boo 


shoe 


awed 


awk 


too 


paw 


daw 


taw 


aught 


LESSON 


III. 






CURVED STEMS (continued.) 




» 


M 


H 






DH 




NG- 







CURVED 


STEMS. 






LIGHT. 


..(... 


TH as in think 


HEAVY. 


L. 


DH as in they 




±. 


S as in say 




L 


Z as in zone 




^. 


M as in me 




^. 


H as in high 




.^. 


N as in no 




.^. 


NG- as in sing 



The sound of th in think is not the same as the sound of th in they. 
To distinguish, the name "TH" is given to the stem representing the 



10 LIGHT VOWELS. 

whispered sound heard in think t and the name "DH" to the stem 
representing the heavier sound heard in they. 

READING EXERCISE. 





) 


w (• — •) 


<rr>..._\ _<r 










WRITING 


EXERCISE. 






maw 


may 


hoe 


though 


thaw 


nay 


ma 


oath 


thee 


ease 


Zoo 


neigh 


say 


so 


ooze 


hay 


moo 


no 



REVIEW. 






LESSON IV. 
LIGHT VOWELS. 

The short vowel sounds are represented by light dots and dashes, 
as follows: 

LIGHT VOWELS. 

First position. ...L. a as in at 



Second position. .."JL. e as in met 
Third position. ...i.. i as in bit 



Practice the following words: 

edge ej 7 . us us .').. egg 

add ad ..!„. etch e ch ..'/... if 

it it ..L— ash ash off 



6 


as in 


hot 


u 


as in 


up 


do 


as in 


book 




eg 


— ^-. 




if 
of 


4 



CONCURRENT VOWELS. 



11 



Accented Vowels. — When a word contains several vowels the 
shorthand outline is written in the position of the accented vowel. 
The syllable which will bear the greatest force without materially 
disturbing the correct pronunciation of the word is the accented syl- 
lable, and the shorthand outline should be placed in the position of 
the vowel contained in that syllable; as, ..Ov. obey, ..'J... ado, 
jc£>. Amy. .T.... ashy. 

Concurrent Vowels. — When two vowels occurring together pre- 
cede or follow a stem, the one sounded nearer the consonant is 
written next to the stem and the other a little farther away; as, 
..\... payee, .„£.■ bowie, J^. Owen. 

Imperfect Vowel Expression. — Phonography does not provide for 
accurately expressing all shades of vowel sound. For example, there 
is no vowel sign that exactly represents the initial sound of a in such 
words as ago, aicay, etc., or the final sound of a in such words as era, 
idea, etc. These sounds are represented by the light dot in the first 
position; thus, J^p-. ago, .<rr^. Emma. 

READING EXERCISE. 

%>rx i ./..2...^:...\^..^..^..±..A • + JZ_i_- r . 

5s^^.k%>..:l...ju,.......:)......'l! ^...^...^...^...j .jS..^.. 

WRITING EXERCISE. 

essay eddy up Effie Etta Noah 

easy assay inn Ada Opie Addie 

abbey itchy Otto Emma Joey Otoe 

Each day they tow in eighty. Otto may add it up. They say 
they know Eddie Mayo. They saw no hay. 



12 



VOWELS WITH UPWARD STEMS. 



LESSON V. 
CURVED STEMS (concluded)— STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD. 

The following list contains the curved stems not previously given: 



R 



W 



CURVED STEMS. 

light. £.... L as in lie heavy, .l... Y as in you 

..A. R as in oar ..A. W as in we 

^i. R as in ray (duplicate sign for R) 

Stems Written Upward. — Two stems in the table above are 
written upward, L and the straight R. The remaining consonant 
stems, including the curved R, are written downward. 

Distinction Between Ch and Upward R. — Ch is written down- 
ward at an angle of sixty degrees, and the straight R is written up- 
ward at an angle of thirty degrees; thus, .1... Ch, ./^. R. Care 
must be taken to write these stems with correct slant, as otherwise 
they will sometimes cause conflicting outlines. 

Upward and Downward R. — When not joined to other stems, 
upward R is used if r is the first sound in a word; as, ^vT. row; but 
where the sound of r is preceded by a vowel downward R is used; 



Vowels with Upward Stems. — With stems written upward (L and 
straight R), first-position vowels are placed at the beginning or bot- 
tom of the stem, and third-position vowels at the end or top of the 

stem; as,-/.... all, ..^f. ill, _<C raw, ^.\ rue. 



DIPHTHONGS. 13 

Vowels Modified by R. — When r follows a vowel it modifies the 
sound of the vowel, and no attempt is made to express this modifi- 
cation by a separate vowel sign. The sound of a followed by r in such 
words as air, fair, etc., is represented by the light first-position dot; 
as, ..._. air. The vowel sound in such words as err, sir, world, etc., 
is represented by the light second-position dash; as, .'\. err. 

READING EXERCISE 

tojoxta..l!i-<^-JL-.^-_^.^ 6.......^ 

Sjl^.^s^..^..^--CJiLsL: ^..^...^..X.-j...^-..'^:... 

,,^-f^^.Ql-^ L-L^l^L- 

WRITING EXERCISE. 

lay lee or ray ell 

we woo ye yea Lowe 

They see no way in. Assay all ore on quay at Erie. Joe Lee 
saw it all. Ray Lowe may array all at law. 



LESSON VI. 
DIPHTHONGS. 



Diphthongs are compound vowel sounds, and are represented in 
shorthand by the following characters: 

Vj <; l: 

First position. ._.". i as in my _:_. oy as in boy .... ow as in vow 
Third position. „j. ew as in few 

Diphthongs are always written exactly as shown regardless of the 
direction of stems to which they are placed; as, ...„. by, „.„. shy, 
/.... joy, .1... coy, vow, !~.... cow, / _ Jew, cue. 



14 DIPHTHONGS. 

Diphthongs Joined to Stems. — Diphthongs are sometimes joined 

to stems, more frequently at the beginning, but occasionally at the 

*) *) — ' 
end; as, ...... ice, ...... eyes, ..J., issue, guy. 

When a diphthong and a vowel precede a stem, the diphthong 
may sometimes be joined to the stem, and in such cases it is read 
first; as, ysi<. lone, eyeing^ „_A_ Iowa. 

When a diphthong and a vowel follow a stem, the one sounded 
next after the stem must be written nearer to it; as, .._>_. bayou, 
:^ J . avowee, _.y__ idea. 

READING EXERCISE. 



a 8 aissiMi.£:.^r..i-..!^L L™.1 



*) 



M--./-- 1 '- t*^^3 ^..j,,c.,.l 

j,±.r...^ nlzi^h^^ aLO- 

-K* '■ .-i-- 1 2 « 5 -^ r .-^^.-.> / ..-[.- 

->.- : --^-^ .^-(...r.xj- ^. Hv ^.^.\. f 

WRITING EXERCISE. 

my ivy chew annoy hue fie rye 

few high hour avow toy lie pie 

boy out allow adieu die sue Howe 

They buy all my hay in May. They see we aim high. In 
Iowa they sow rye. Etta saw Emma row away. 



THE S-CIRCLE. 15 

LESSON VII. 
THE S-CIRCLE. 

The sound of s at the beginning of a word and the sound of 8 
or 2 at the end of a word or stem is represented by a small circle. 
It is placed on the right-hand side of straight stems written down- 
ward, on the upper side of K, G, and upward R, and on the inside of 
curved stems. When placed at the beginning of a stem it must be 
read first; when placed at the end of a stem it must be read last; 
as, J!„. Btay, A., sup, .^o. pace or pays, .^ loose or lose. 

A vowel can not be read before an initial circle or after a final 
circle. If a word begins or ends with the sound of s the circle is 
used, but if it begins or ends with a vowel the stem is used; as 
„ seem. 'X^^, assume; .^r. race, ./*Jracy. 

How to Make the S-Circle. — In making the s-circle at the be- 
ginning of a stem, the first motion of the pen should be in the direc- 
tion of the stem to which the circle is attached; in making the final 
circle the last motion of the pen should be in the direction of the 
stem. Avoid curving straight stems to which circles are attached. 

"X" is represented in shorthand by "ks"; as, ax, 9=^p sex. 

Practice the following words containing circles: 

^ro. maze .6... ages .'.-.- loss songs A ._.^ six 

.^.- sieve ./T-. use ..¥.'. ashes ..P... suits .£?.. sleighs 

Word-Signs. — Many common words are represented by abbreviated 
outlines called word-signs. A word-sign usually contains some prom- 
inent element or elements of the word which it represents, and is, as 
a rule, placed in the position of the accented vowel. The same sign 
is sometimes used for two or more words, usually different parts of 
speech, which are readily distinguished by the connection in which 
they are used in a sentence. 



16 PUNCTUATION MAEKS. 

Learn the following word signs: 



WORD-SIGNS. ELEMENTS AND POSITIONS, 

o 

as, has S-circle in the first position. 



.„ o ... is, his S-circle in the third position. 

an, and Light dot in the first position. 

....... a Light dot in the second position. 

...... the Light dot in the third position. 



Fourth Position. — A word represented by an upright or slant- 
ing stem may be written wholly below the line, or in "fourth 
position," to indicate that it is preceded by the word to or too; as, 

... to be, ... to say, .... too sad, .. to rise, to lose, 

„i" too few. - ' * ' X 

v> 
Words represented by horizontal stems are not written in fourth 

position, the word to or too being in such cases represented by the 
stem T; as, _j..w^ to know, .L. n ....to seek, _l.-— Pto guess, J._f.__. to an- 
noy. The following word may sometimes be joined; as, .r ... to 
me, -U v ~, too soon, -y-„— to seem. 

Punctuation Marks. — Except as shown below, the punctuation 
marks used in phonography are the same as those used in print: 

Period, ..x.. or „x>.. Exclamation, ../.. 

Interrogation, ..J... Dash, ^^z. 

Parentheses, /.../. Quotations, 

Hyphen, ..=.. <* ._//_ Paragraph, ..X. 

In rapid writing it is not possible to insert many punctuation marks. 
A period may be indicated by leaving a space of about an inch. 



THE S-CIRCLE. 17 



READING EXERCISE. 

-h^^ ; . f .:i ;t ..^.± / .^...j^ 

^.|J..rC...^. f .,.L. W - W X. ;k .^,... iv ^^, > .. x ... r ..«.. 



L-i ■■/■ ^ 

WRITING EXERCISE. 

eats those abuse scenes to cause 

hours seeds ox muse to soothe 

base shoes oars eggs to efface 

toys sap suffice suit to amuse 

knows joys skies solace to sit 

arouse gas echoes rice to rouse 

nice signs soils guise to choose 

adds poise thus sung to sneeze 

guess woes slice to show to stow 

said voice noise to my to sag 

seed sacks solo too sunny to fuse 

My safe has no key. The case has two sides. This sum is due 

in May. They show some office sales each day. The boys ate rice 
and pie. Emma arose and sang two solos. Otto knows few joys. 
She may lose this suit. 



18 



JOINING STEMS. 



LESSON VIII. 
JOINING CONSONANT STEMS. 

When the consonant outline of a word consists of two or more 
stems, they are joined one after the other until the outline is com- 
pleted, and the vowels are then inserted. 

Position of Outlines Consisting of More Than One Stem.— The 

first upright or slanting stem of a consonant outline is written in the 
position of the accented vowel. If an outline consists entirely of 
horizontal stems, the first stem is Written in the position Of the ac- 
cented vowel, and the other stems follow. 

The following illustrates the position of outlines containing more 
than one stem: 

First position untie ...i.... 

Second position. .'.L^... Aetna .,JTTL. 

Third position. ..^|.. induce P 

Fourth position. > ^.-- toimbue ... 

I> 



outgo ..." acme 

unto pj^frrr sunk 

Sidney ....... ink 

to subdue to ask 



WRITING EXERCISE. 

Write the following words in shorthand, placing each in its 
proper position: 



Edna 


oddness 


endow 


asp 


entice 


unshoe 


ask 


Andes 


Sanco 


into 


isthmus 


inveigh 


Sunday 


. sank 


Estey 


Ismay 


envy 


Santa 


inch 


impose 


enjoy 


invoice 


ark 


singe 


emboss 


ensue 


obtuse 


auntie 


sunk 


icehouse 


Sigma 


safety 


unsew 


encase 


Eskay 


Ashby 


unwise 


undue 


sink 


subdues 


imps 


imbue 



VOWELS BETWEEN STEMS. 19 

Vowels and Diphthongs between Stems. — Vowels and diphthongs 
between stems are written in accordance with the following rules: 

All first-position vowels and diphthongs and heavy second-position 
vowels (a and 6) are placed with the stem which precedes; as, 

pack, _"_ calm, 2z!l dime, .<r>= make, jCUt. joke. 

All light second-position vowels and all third-position vowels and 
diphthongs are placed with the stem which follows; as, „S=i=c_ peck, 
\ cup, J— v team, .i,^^^ fume, X.... tube. 



"When two vowels or a vowel and a diphthong occur together be- 
tween two stems, the first is written with the preceding stem and 

the second with the following stem; as, _.:\<fr^ poem, '...' Niobe. 

EXERCISE. 

Write and insert the vowels in the following words: 



talk ... I depth 

\ v< If 

N-^.. beg ttt.. dike ' S^„. faith ..\_ peach .. .\...... tobacco 

nap .../. cage . | took ./.... thick cake 

R and L Joined Initially to Other Stems. — When R or L is the 
first stem in an outline consisting of two or more stems the following 
rules generally govern the direction in which the first stem is written: 

If r is the first sound in a word, the upward R is used; as, -/\, reap, 
/*..... rake. When upward R is followed by another stem it may be 
written more nearly upright than when standing alone, and will not 
conflict with CH, which is always written downward. _ 

If r is preceded by a vowel, the downward R is used; as, ark, 

./!.„ herb, .rv.„. arena. 

\ ° n 

If /is the first sound in a word, the upward L is used; as, . /..' latch. 
(More specific rules for the use of upward and downward R and L 
will be found in Lessons XX., XXL, and XXII.) 



20 



PHRASING. 



Phrasing. — Two or more words are sometimes joined, and the out- 
line thus formed is called a phrase. The first word of a phrase, if it 
contains a stem, is written in the position it would occupy if standing 

alone; as, .}.,. at this, K^^... they may be, ..(.. this day. 



3, ./-.. at this, kn^-.. they may be, ..L. 



READING EXERCISE, 








WRITING 


EXERCISE 






coach 


cap 


moving 


spicy 


gassy 


effigy 


big 


cheap 


escape 


sickness 


sinking 


uncouth 


fume 


bake 


enjoying 


argue 


richness 


if they 


veto 


ship 


enemy 


bouquet 


infuse 


in this 


tape 


beach 


chimes 


inches 


joking 


in case 


pick 


dumb 


aside 


sandy 


sadness 


take up 


theme 


orb 


repose 


speech 


fussy 


to talk 


nook 


ripe 


thumb 


shook 


annex 


to this 


They said 


they saw James shipping 


matches. Edna may-be 


away 


Sunday. Ship this rice in 


sacks to- 


Topeka. Roy 


saw my 



baby lay it on-this box. She may see me some-day at-my office. 
The lady ate ripe tomatoes aud peaches. The launch is sailing up 
Moose Lake. It-may-be my box they saw in-this ditch. 



THE S-CIRCLE BETWEEN STEMS. 21 



LESSON IX. 



THE S-CIRCLE BETWEEN STEMS. 

The following rules are to be observed in writing the s-circle be- 
tween stems: 

Between straight stems with no angle at their junction the circle 
is written on the same side as when attached to a single stem; as, 

L L •— °— L I' 

.vP... outside, cask, .yP.. decide, ..£L tacit. 

Between straight stems with an angle at their junction the circle 
is written on the outside of the angle; as, J^-.. desk, .J^tt. risk, 
.fcz task, JL dispose, ZZ^p expose. 

Between a curved and a straight stem the circle is written inside 
the curved stem; as, K^n. design, J^x. dismay, music. 

Between two curved stems the circle is generally written inside 
the first; as, ./X~?. losing, ., amusing. In a few words, how- 
ever, curved stems are so joined that the circle, if written inside the 
first stem, would prevent the joining of the second. Such words 
are therefore written with the circle inside the second stem; as, 

-Wq-- facility, .^|f. misuse. 

Vowels. With Medial Circles. — In an outline which contains a 
circle between two stems, the vowel which precedes the sound of 
5 is written after the -first stem, while the vowel which follows 

the sound of s is written before the second stem; as, .yf.. beside, 

only when a vowel occurs between two consonants represented by 
stems. 

Order of Reading. — If an outline begins with an s-circle, read the 
circle first, then any vowel or vowels that precede the stem, next 



22 "now," and "new" or "knew." 

the stem, then the vowel or vowels that follow the stem, and lastly 
the s-circle, should one follow; then proceed to the next stem and 
read in like order. If an outline ends with an s-circle the circle 
must be read last. A vowel can not follow a final s-circle. 

"Now," and "New" or "Knew." — There are many words of which 
N is the only stem, and it is necessary to provide specially distinctive 
word-signs for now, and new or knew. 

Now is made by writing N in the first position and attaching the 

first part of the diphthong ow to the end of the stem; thus, now. 

New or knew is made by writing N in the third position and at- 
taching to the end the lower part of the diphthong ew; thus, new, 

knew. 







WORD-SIGNS. 




_(_ 


that 


A. shall 


can 


.1 


them 


...A. should 


..^=. come 


was 


now 


could, kingdom 


■•->■ 


these 


new, knew 


.\^- become 



The s-circle may be added to word-signs to form plurals and 
possessives of nouns, and the third person singular of verbs; as, 
kingdom, ...... kingdoms, kingdom's; .— -. come, .^^p. comes. 

READING EXERCISE. 

... .r.../i ,.I .,...._/ ,>...,. :lx* 



THE 8-CIRCLE BETWEEN 8TEMS. 



23 




In the sentences contained in the writing exercises words con- 
nected by hyphens are to be "phrased," or written together. Words 
written in the fourth position, such as ...... to see, . too low, 



are regarded as phrases. 






WRITING EXERCISE 



Busby 


egotism 


looseness 


poisonous 


gasp 


decency 


Shasta 


business 


abusive 


impassive 


amassing 


exceed 


audacity 


hostess 


insanity 


shall be seen 


baseness. 


expose 


dishonesty 


should be 


capacity 


specify 


massive 


that was 


accusing 


passing 


irksome 


could they 


bask 


mask 


excuse 


in this case 


chastise 


effusive 


offensive 


at some 


deceive 


disuse 


Pacific • 


to become 



rousing 

hasty 

visage 

disk 

Chesapeake 

causing 

chasm 

arising 

outset 

exciting 

My pass came some-days-ago. They seem to-be ready now to- 
take-up this-case. The kingdom should enjoy peace if-these laws 
pass. If-those packages come today lay them on-my desk. Since 
buying my new house they-may decide to-move into it. A dispatch 
came announcing that-they took passage to-Cuba. Should Judge 
Day decide to-dismiss the case nothing can-be-said. She may come 
to-me if she desires advice. The bank was too-hasty in taking this 
check. Anna is scheming to-save enough to-buy a desk. Nothing 
could now induce me to-disobey. The custom house is on Nevada 
Avenue. 



24 



REVIEW. 



■-fcr 



.,..(-. 



\3"'°' 



■)_ 






4 



£ 



-w 



A, 



-a.- 



2^i 



^.Ib (• 



-^ 



^ ^ 

i(-..^ 




..k-.j...^..,..^. 



^ 



( 



V^ 



.^. 



7*V 

'U. 



^ /. 



V3» 



.(..X 






I-/....'...): 






( 



\ 



^ 1 - 



/--- i A~^-,->.~/- 



|-\s« -V 



^-^■■4, 



J,±.± 

- n . be 



Lf v-.V^j.. 



X 



HALF-LENGTHS ^5 



LESSON X. 
HALF-LENGTHS. 
A stem may be made half-length to indicate that the sound of i 
or d follows; as, .^. made, ..™„ packed, J... dodged, ./..:.. left. 
An s-circle at the end of a half-length is read after the t or d which 

•__D 

is added by halving; as, acts, ..^s>. notes, :i_... admits. 

A vowel can not follow a final half-length. When a word ends 
with a vowel, or with a vowel followed by 5, the stem T or D must 
be used; as, ... r meadow, A.S.. lofty, Z^k lettuce, ...!.t. notice. 

Positions of Half-Lengths. — An upright or slanting half-length 
stem occupies the position of the lower half of the full-length. A 
horizontal half-length occupies the same position as a full-length. 

First position. .... tight .„. yacht .".. might invite 

Second position. _V bait .<£ vote .— gate .TTTTs kept 

Third position. . cheat boot .__,. neat c ._... footing 



Rules Governing Use of Half-Lengths. — A half-length stem is 
never joined to a full-length stem unless the two form an angle or 
are connected by a circle or other means of indicating where the junc- 
tion occurs. Where the junction is not clearly indicated the stem T 

or D must be used; as, y^TZL looked, j. cooked, Ss-™.. va- 
cate. Wnere two stems curve in opposite directions, however, one 
may be halved; as, _w^. named. 

Although there is no angle formed by the joining of the stems M 
and P, as in the word map, half-length P or B may be writ- 
ten after the stem M by forcing an angle, or accentuating the point 
of junction; thus, -..-. mapped, .Ok. imbed. 



26 HALF-LENGTHS IN PHRASING. 

The two upward stems, L and R, when beginning words are 
made half-length if followed by the sound of t, but if followed by 
the sound of d the stem D is used. This distinguishes many words 
which would otherwise have the same outlines; as, ./T... let, (3l. led; 
<1... right, y..L ride; ..-i. wrote, /^l rode. When s precedes L, 
however, the half-length is used, even when d follows; as, .£'... sold, 

...... sealed, *£.. soiled. 

6~ 

In forming words with half-lengths, no attempt is made to follow 
the syllabication of the ordinary print. For example, the word 

optic is written _: opt-ic, instead of. op-tic; detach is written 

..Jr.*. det-ach, instead of de-tach; potato is written „n?„ pot-ato, in- 
stead of po-ta-to. A word ending with -ted or -ded is usually so 
divided as to halve the final stem, even though the word from which 
it is derived ends with a half-length; as, . _ =; . indicate, ........ indicated; 

.TT^L accept, .„.X accepted; act, acted. 

Half-Lengths in Phrasing. — Words of frequent occurrence which 
are expressed in shorthand by a simple stem may be halved to add 

the, it or to; as, .. <s .. in the, ... to the, if the, on it. The 

practice of halving to add to is limited to a few common phrases; 
as, ..\... ought to be. Its or it is may be added by halving the stem 

and adding the s-eircle; as, ..... that its, ...$. in its, . if it is. 

__&-. though it is. 

When that follows another word in a phrase, it is made half-length 

to avoid conflict with they or them; as, on that, ..TX on them; 

...... as that, V... as they; ...Y by that, .{.. by them. 

Fourth Position is not Used with Half-Lengths, or with words 
whose first upright or slanting stem is a half-length. In such cases 
the word to or too is represented by the stem T; as, a.. v ... to note, 
J__^Z? to indict, .j__„ to meet, U.. to let, .|.:7> to meditate. 



HALF-LENGTII8. 



27 



Variability of the First Position. — A first-position horizontal stem 
beginning a phrase may be raised or lowered half the length of the 
stem T to allow the second stem to retain its position; as, .^rL on 
this, ^t on those, .... -^rnr.. on the back, irrv. can De - 



WORD-SIGNS. 

because 



.. immediate 



recollect ..X.. spoke, special-ly ...S^_. speak 



When a word is divided by a hyphen in the lists of word-signs 
accompanying these lessons, the sign may represent either the entire 
word or the portion preceding the hyphen. Thus, the word-sign 
..\ in the list above may indicate either spoke, special, or 



\\: 



READING EXERCISE, 



^iWA 



■fc> 



<? % 



\. 






7 — ^ VM _ 



->. 



r*. 



t 



>•• 



x' 



ul v vv 

V\; < 







28 



HALF-LENGTHS, 








WRITING EXERCISE. 




fitness 


soundness 


expect 


repeats 


if it 


mobbed 


asked 


expected 


vetoes 


by its 


shouting 


estimate 


undue 


puts 


that the 


descent 


smoked 


unmade 


thoughts 


in that 


neatness 


decayed 


rate 


Scott 


to invite 


insect 


matched 


wrought 


asset 


on its 


instead 


shoot 


bait 


benumbed 


to get 


visited 


light 


baited 


invaded 


on the top 


slept 


•lighted 


liked 


on the 


to meet 


innocent 


lied 


affect 


up to date 


if it is 



Our road is making low rates to-the South. They expect to- 
locate in-this immediate vicinity. They recollect leaving both deeds 
lying on-the desk in-the office. The lots are specially adapted to- 
this use because-they abut on-the alley. They spoke about buying 
some lots on-the East Side if-they can get them. They speak in-this 
message about leaving on-the boat today, reaching Chicago Sunday. 
They visited the Scott estate on Cape Cod. The estimate on-the 
job was too-low. Up-to-date our agent has received no estimate. 
Though innocent she was sent to-the Tombs. The army invaded 
the camp and routed the enemy. They asked us specially to-meet 
them if-they came, in by boat and take-them to-the depot. 



BRIEF CONSONANTS. 29 

LESSON XL 

BRIEF CONSONANTS. 

Breves are small signs used either as duplicate signs for consonants 
or to represent words. They consist of dashes written at different 
angles, and of small semicircles opening in different directions. They 
are made one-fourth the length of a consonant stem. 

-Oid. — For convenience in oral instruction, names have been given 
to these breve signs. The termination -oid, from the Greek, signifies 
a likeness or similarity. When joined to the name of a consonant 
stem it signifies a dash or semicircle written in the direction of such 
stem and possessing its characteristics. Thus, the sign .\. is given 
the name "Boid" because it is like B; .?_. is called "Moid" because it 
is like M. The following is a list of the principal breves with their 



names: 






> 






.:.. Poid 


.?.. Bdid 


I'.. Toid 


„'.. Doid 




.[.. Choid 


_'__ Joid 


.:.. Roid 


..". Koid 




.1 Moid 


1. Noid 


1. Thoid 


.'. Soid 



The names given in the table above have no relation to the 
sounds for which the breves stand, but are used simply to save 
time in designating, them. 

Breves for W, Y, and H. — The consonants W, Y, and H, in ad- 
dition to the stems, are represented by breve signs, which may be 
used in any part of an outline to secure briefer forms or better 
joinings. 

The sound of 10 may be represented by Thoid or Soid (_!L<»..!.). 
The sound of y may be represented by Moid or Noid (.r„_or._ u _.). 
The sound of h may be represented by Toid or Koid („'.>.".). 

As each of the consonants ic, y, and h is represented by two breves, 
when joined to stems the one is chosen which makes the better join- 



SO INITIAL WH-. 

ing, as shown in the following words: 

...... watch yankee _.]:_. haughty ..,. .,. unhook 

..!.. woods „..y...„ youth ..7... heath ..^7... unhitch 

,,— , week ...ri\... yellow hawk ..:7?jj.... dogwood 

..^ weep yam v=i? . hymn r -\.— - bewitch 

The breve-h is written upward before the stems N and NG-, and 

iC y r • 
sometimes before K and G; as, r^w, honey, hang, iC^TTTT. tom- 
ahawk, mahogany. 

W Followed by T or D. — Words of one syllable consisting of 
the consonants w and t are represented by the stem W made half- 
length; but if the final sound isV/ the breve-w and the stem D are 
used. This makes a distinction between words which would otherwise 
have the same outline; as, ..IS. wait, .*.L. weighed; wit, .A., weed. 

Breve-w for "-way" and "Away." — The breve-w may be joined 
finally to add the syllable -way; as, ._)... pathway, J.... hatchway, 
/Q.. roadway. The same breve may occasionally be used for the 
word away; as, . . put away, .L^ take away. 

Breve-y Used as a Vowel. — Breve-y is sometimes used to repre- 
sent the vowel u when it forms a distinct syllable; as, M Utica, 

unique, rrr^rrCL insinuate. „1 occupied. 

Initial Wh\ — The sound of h preceding w in such words as white 

and wheat may be represented by breve-h; as, white, ... wheat, 

. hy whisk. Breve-w may sometimes be used instead of the stem; 

as, ..\^. whiff. In printed words the w is placed first, but the aspirate 
h is sounded first and is so represented in phonography. 

An s-circle may sometimes be joined to breve-w; as, swift, 

..\. byways. 



BRIEF CONSONANTS. 



31 



WORD-SIGNS. 



L. had, dollar .. did .X. plaintiff 
I... defendant part ..v.. opportunity 



READING EXERCISE, 



\fcUrA>: 



•1 , L 



1 -f 



vA -"I _ 



r^. 



.k...lT. 



s 



fc-4 



*=fc- 



'V 



W* 



1 



1^ 



t, 

S.e.<*Vs.nsASi ?^tt?. 



T- 



/CI 






fe^ 



^ 



X- 



-v- 



^ <• 



\- 



.^1 









^ 



-J vk- 



\ -) 



.» fc. 



1 







]^- 



f .ki....^.. a 



WRITING EXERCISE. 

hum sweaty wed huge hinging 

weave footway leeway wife Winnie 

hades winnowing unit wash hitch 

swish Hitchcock wedge witching homestead 

whet hush hives unity took away 

Wedgewood widow ham woody stay away 

hung wave whiskey heave be away 

yoke witch hack woke come away 

wings hump wipe Utopia put away 

humming wet alleyway wake all the way 

The highways had thick hedges on-both-sides. They took this 
opportunity to-visit Winnebago. Much wheat is shipped to Mexico 
by-this route. A dollar a day is deemed good wages in-that-city. 
Six coaches occupied a switch by-the depot all night. If-each did 
his part all might be ready to-leave today. The judge has read ev- 
idence signed by-the defendant. The defendant admits that-the 
wheat was shipped by-the plaintiff on-the-date named. The Hitch- 
cock sleigh was waiting in-the alleyway. Winnie walked ail-the- 
way to Mahoney City. Did Hathaway sign this receipt? Laying 
all joking aside they took our estate because-this note was-not met. 
The house was bedecked in yellow and white by-the Haywood 
Academy boys. The agent said the cottage was now occupied. 



BREVE WORD-SIGNS. 33 

LESSON XII. 
BREVE WORD-SIGNS. 

In addition to their use as duplicate signs for consonant sounds, 
breves are used as word-signs, as shown in the following list: 

.. c .. with Thoid 

L I Roid 

.^. of Roid 

.... have Joid 

.•.. owe, oh, Joid 

..,. who.whom Joid 



:. 6 . is, his 

How when used as a final syllable is represented by the stem H; 
as, xA^y^. somehow. 

He when standing alone is represented by Toid, and in phrases by 
either Toid or Koid. 

Him when standing alone is represented by Doid, and in phrases 
by either Doid or Koid. I 

You when standing alone is generally represented by Noid in the 
third position, but Moid may be used if preferred. 

Your when standing alone is represented by the stem Y in the 
third position to distinguish from you. Your in phrases is repre- 
sented by the stem Y, or by Moid or Noid. To you and to your are 
both represented by the stem Y in the fourth position; thus, . to 
you, to your. 

Yours is written ./r.. 

Would when standing alone is represented by Soid in the third 
position, and in phrases by either Soid or Thoid. 



how 


Toid or Koid 


he 


Toid or Koid 


him 


Doid or Koid 


you 


Noid or Moid 


what 


Soid 


would 


Soid or Thoid 


without 


Thoid 


when 


Thoid 



34 BREVE WORD-SIGNS. 

/ when standing alone is written upward, and in phrases either 
upward or downward. 

Of when standing alone is written upward, and in phrases either 
upward or downward. 

Have when standing alone is written downward, and in phrases 
either upward or downward. 

Owes is written ..l.. 

Who and whom are generally represented by the breve, but oc- 
casionally where the meaning of the sentence makes it necessary to 
distinguish between these words, the stem sign may be used for whom. 

Whose is written ....... 

o 

Enlarging Semicircular Breves. — The word would may be added 
to the breve-sign for you by enlarging and slightly elongating it; 
thus, ... or ... you would. 

The words you and your may be similarly added to any word 

represented by Thoid or Soid; as, without you-r, ._C. when 

you-r, . with you-r, ...... what you-r, would you-r. 

READING EXERCISE. 






r.RKVK W0RD-8iQir§. 



35 




<r- 



-V-' ■**-* - c -W -5- 



* O * 



WRITING EXERCISE. 

Though they owe this-tax they refuse to-pay it. Yours with 
copies of deeds and notes is received. I sold both lots and invested 
all-the money in Utah. Your wages this week are to-be paid 
by-check. What books would-you advise us to-take on-the voyage? 
Would notice left at-the office today reach Sandusky Tuesday? His 
message does-not say how or when oats are to-be shipped. Have 
all checks and cash ready to-take to-the bank when-you leave, if-it- 
is-not too-late to-make deposit. All whom they invited came at-the 
hour named. The receipt would show what sum he paid on-the 
note. A fee is added to-the tax if new receipts have to-be made 
out. "Lakewood" — our new homestead in-the South — is about ready 



36 BREVES JOINED TO BREVES. 

to occupy. If-they chose him without knowing his capacity, how 
can-they expect him to succeed? Some who seemed to-be in need 
of aid a few weeks-ago have now left us. What few lots are left 
ought-to-be put on sale with my Maywood Avenue lot on Wednes- 
day. 



LESSON XIII. 
BREVES JOINED TO BREVES. 

Breve Word-Signs Used Only in Phrasing. — The following breves 
are used as word-signs only when joined in phrases: 

or .... we Thoid or Soid Written ..7y when standing alone, 

an, and Poid " _._. " " " 

a Poid " -,-. " « "" 

the Roid or Choid " " " « 



or .... your Noid or Moid " ../r_. " " " 

The breve for a, an, or and is generally written downward, but 
may be written upward when it joins more conveniently. 

Two forms are given for your and for we] and the one should 
be chosen which makes the better joining. 

Breve Word-Signs Joined. — When two or more breve word- 
signs are joined in a phrase, the first breve retains its position. 

The following is a list of the more common phrases consisting of 
breves. It will be noticed that the same form is sometimes given for 
two or more phrases. These will not conflict in use, as the meaning 
of the sentence will always indicate which is intended. It is not 
necessary to memorize the phrases in the list. If the breve word- 
signs given in Lesson XII. and the breve word-signs used only in 
phrases, given above, have been thoroughly learned, the student 
should be able to form the phrases without reference to the list. 



BKEVES J0IXED TO BREVES. 



37 



.... and a-n 


.... 


and without you-r 


o 


I would 


.... and as 


Nn 


and you-r 


■\- 


is a-n 


.... and as a-n 


<? 


as a-n 


./N. 


of a-n 


.... and as he 


P 


as he 


.jfe. 


of him 


.... and lias 


ex 


as I 


.Jt. 


of his 


.... and has a-n 


< 


have a-n 


"7- 


of the 


.... and has he 


* 


have I 


-6- 


of what 


.... and have 


p 


have the 


•t- 


of whom 


.... and have a-n 


i 


have we 


.'V- 


of you-r 


.... and have the 


/ 


have you-r 


-<-- 


owe a-n 


.... and his 


9 


has a-n 


-4 


owe him. 


.... and I 


p 


has he 


./-. 


owe the 


\5 

.... and is 


..b. 


he has 


.A. 


owe you-r 


... and is a-n 


-A- 


he has a-n 


3 


what a-n 


.... and is he 


.*- 


he has the 


p 


what he 


.... and of 


..b. 


he is 


3 


what is 


.... and of a-n 


..ck 


he is a-n 


a. 


what is a-n 


.... and of the 


-Jb. 


he is the 


7T 


what is the 


.... and the 


U 


how a-n 


!r> 


what is your 


.... and when 


b 


how has 


3 


what would 


.... and when you-r 


*. 


how has a-n 


\ 


what would a 


.... and who 


> 


how has the 


.-S- 


when a-n 


.... and without 




how I 


-s- 


when he 


.... and without his 




how the 


--<?>- 


when his 


.... and without the 


h 


how you-r 


.£.. 


when is 



38 



BEEVES JOIFED TO BREVES. 



.$*. when is a-n 
.<£,. when is your 
. who has 
. who has a-n 
_.. who has the 

A 

.._. who is 

who is a-n 

. who is the 
A 



.... with a-n 
... with him 
- with his 
.. with the 



-H 



p-v 



with whom 
without a-n 
without him 
without his 



READING EXERCISE. 

' :£. 



.. without the 
.. without whom 
,. would a-n 
.. would he 
._ would the 
.. would we 
.. you a-n-d 
.. you and I 



^ 






.,. ^J±_ 






\; 



Lh± i., 



';k..^. 



^ 

* 



<s 



X- F'" r: " 



u:.i 



•»--* -^ r; 4.^ 7- 



/?u 



.\..±\, 



^-t.-a^r-* ■» 



-5--^- 



A. 






-? 



n- 



T_> ,. ( / l^ 



BKETE8 JOINED TO BKEVEB. 



39 



^1 






u._ ±s 




WRITING EXERCISE. 

What-would-a load of wheat like-this weigh? Have-you-the 
names and ages of-the heirs at-law? Let me know when-the goods 
are checked with-the invoice. The evidence showed how-the deed 
was intended to-be executed. He-is satisfied with-the receipts of- 
the business up to-this-date. What-is-the date of-the lease, and- 
have-you noted it on-the books? A notice was posted today show- 
ing when-the bids are to-be submitted. Would-he sell his house 
without-the lot on-the east, and if-sohow-would-he expect to-receive 
his money? What goods have-we received since Tuesday and-when 
can-they be put on sale? What-is-your motive in adding to-the 
weight of-the load when-the roads are so bad? He-has some good 
books with-him and-he expects to-buy a few when-he gets to-Chicago. 
What-would you expect me to-say to-the judge if -the case was 
reached when-you are absent. The book was left with-the office 
boy and-he said he-would show it to-you when-you came in. 



40 



BREVES JOINED TO STEMS. 



LESSON XIV. 
BREVES RETAINING POSITION WHEN JOINED INITIALLY TO STEMS. 

Part of the breve word-signs when joined initially to stems must 
be kept in the position assigned to them, and part of them may be 
taken out of their regular position when joined initially to stems, 
thus leaving the word represented by the stem in its own position. 

The breve word-signs which retain their position when joined ini- 
tially to stems are have, how, his, is, who, without, when, with, what, 
and would, as shown in the following phrases: 

._ 

. who said ....... 



o 



-Q+7- 



' x: 

—■ay- 



have our 
have us 
have not; 
how soon 
how many 
how came 
how had 
his own 
is this 
is not 
who came 
who may 



with them 
with each 
without date *.... with it 
.._.r... without doubt ...'.. _.L what it 
...J... without it- ■..]•_.. what day 

...AT., without those ...:.... what date 
/... what was 



..Jo... without this 
...c... when they 



what right 



-t-" 



c... when this ... would be. 

when those ... would say 

when it is . would take 

when such ... would not be 

Before the stems M, H and upward L, toe and would are repre- 
sented by the stem W in the third position, because the breve-w 
does not join conveniently; as, .T'y^^Tr. we look, -^V^- we may, 
."rv^. we made, r^^,.... would make, .^yir^Tr. would like, rryrrL.... 
would leave. 



BREVES JOINED TO STEMS. 
READING EXERCISE. 



41 



-XI. 



* 1 



./-•*- 



...L 1^.1x1 



^\ 



/ <~* 



<V^-4 



s i 



r* £ ^ 



* — 

ST* ~7 



7).f J -« 

r 



fc 



?-A 



^^Atlk 



T 






.^v 



LOLl 



4 



\... 



(- 



,? 



:t-— t" 



3>- f 

i^....T^pr. _ N_ rNor . 



S\? K V 



X; 



.; 



%J.-..,,V.L..±.._ r ^ 



42 BREVES JOINED TO STEMS. 

WRITING EXERCISE. 

Is-this lease ready to-be signed? How-soon are these goods 
to-be shipped? Let me know when-they decide to-receive bids. 
With-such incentives they ought to-make good headway. Have-our 
baggage ready and take-it to-the depot with-you. The receipt 
showed how-much was city tax and how-much fees. When-such 
sales are made without notice the law deems them void. They 
would-like to know how-many boats are to-be in this week, and on 
what-days they-may-be expected. He-has shipped all his-own 
wheat East by boat and-is now buying ours. My son, who-was in 
Mexico a few weeks-ago, expects to be in-the-city today. They 
thought when-they reached this roadway the cottage would-be in 
sight. His messages have-not come, and he-has without-doubt sent- 
them to-the wrong house. They notified us how-much baggage 
they-had with-them and we-sent teams to take them out to-the 
camp. What-was bought in-the autumn is-not to-be sold now 
when-such high rates are being made to-cities in-the East. 



LESSON XV. 
BREVES LOSING POSITION WHEN JOINED INITIALLY TO STEMS. 

The breve word-signs which lose their position when joined ini- 
tially to stems are a, an, and, as, has, he, I, of, we, you, and your. 
The breve-sign for he is written upward before N; as, r^_p he knows. 

The breve-signs for /and of are written downward before S, Z, 
SH, ZH, M, H, W, and the curved R, and upward before other stems. 

/ is written upward before K and G to distinguish from he, which is 
downward; as, r-^r-I came, l_^t^ he came, .'.... I got, .'..... he got. 

The breve-sign for the is never used initially. 



BREVES JOINED TO STEM8. 



43 



The following list of phrases illustrates the use of breves which 
lose their position when joined initially to stems: 

_._/^i.. a lease 

~ < /§~~ a receipt 

and am 

... 1 and said 

.^j^_... and leave 

._.£„... as if 

- -^- as good 

has become 



JL 



he can 


---j 


we could 


he could 


JL 


we shall 


he needs 


"zy," 


we need 


I am 


v 


you might 


I expect 


■-SX- 


you leave 


I need 


rrt 


your notice 


of such 


-r^- 


your recent 


of some 


-**?- 


your note 



We is represented by the stem W in the following phrases: 
.rv— .. we can, ..~>l. we would, .r^. we wish. He is represented by 

J \ 

the stem H in the phrase ^-^. he was, to distinguish from ...... I was. 

The breve for «, an, or and is not joined initially to the stems 
P, B, T, D, K, G, F, V, S, Z, SH, ZH, ST, M, W, and downward R. 

As duplicate breves are provided for you and we, the one should 
be chosen which makes the better joining. 

Two Breves Joined Initially to Stems. — When two breves are 
joined initially to a stem the first breve is put in its own position; 

J!. I would say, as I knew, ....... would we not. 




-^ 






__^..^.^^„4 



44 



BREVES JOINED TO STEMS. 




±hf. 



i-..^ ....: !2r..&d5: 




WRITING EXERCISE. 

I-notice the invoice shows both items. They bought as-many 
tickets as-they needed. Our business. house in Memphis has-had no 
notice of-the sale. You-should sign your-name to-the deed and 
take-it to-the bank. I-wish to-be notified when-the case is reached 
on-the docket. The message received an-immediate reading in-both 
house and senate. If-the oats are as-good as-those you-showed 
us we-can use all you-raise. He-said he-should-be notified each- 
week of-the sales made, and-money paid out. A-lease was signed 
on-the-day the house was vacated. We-took his hogs, as we-could 
get no special rates on-those shipped in. I-was in Idaho and Utah 
some weeks-ago and-I-am to-be back in Utah soon. He-took an- 
oath of office the day he-left to-take-up his duties in-the South. 
It looks as-if our new house in Iowa has-had as-much business as- 
our Minnesota house. You-should inspect all-the piping in-the new 
house if-it-is to-be occupied soon. 



BBEVES JOINED TO STEMS. 45 



LESSON XVI. 
BREVES JOINED MEDIALLY AND FINALLY TO STEMS. 

The breve and circle word-signs, with the exception of have, owe, 
without,-when and with, may be used after a stem word, or between 
two steni words, the first word retaining its position, as shown below: 

........ in as good ....A that an ....^_.. some of those 

..arn. same as .....v_&.. knows an .^t-^*. many of the 

.._:?._. that has .<t7t>^,. many and ....^6— instead of 

. I it has become .„!%«.... takes the ... .& date of your 

I it is a .....fX— lose the .... fc those who can 

...U- if his l it is the way „...^.... by whom 

, . in his own .„i if I may on whom 

~ < - M .. in a ...fe.... that I am . <sJczz ^ 1 ^. in how many 

.._„. by a ...^s^c... may I .^7^7^? on how many 

/ ^7_ like a ... l did I not ... U if he can 

( ^ . 

_^"X that he was j. if you know L.„. if we 

^r-^^ make him £... they would g... shall we take 

by him J... it would be ..._.<7>... may we take 



\ 



The method of adding the by the breve shown in this lesson does 
not take the place of the half-length taught in Lesson X. The is 
added to words consisting of a full-length stem without final circle 

by making the stem half-length; as, on the, ..V. by the. But 

where the word consists of a half-length stem or ends with a circle, 
the breve should be used; as, <-/>. knows the, .C... lays the, .... . need 
the, ..<p<. made the. 



46 BREVES JOINED TO STEMS. 

What is never used medially, but may be joined finally in the fol- 
lowing phrases: ..-k. at what, ..!„. to what, ..4. . of what, .. with 
what. In the phrase with what, what is represented by Thoid, as 
Soid does not join conveniently with the breve for with. 

The breve for you may sometimes be made from right to left when 
it makes a more convenient joining; as, V *A showyou, ...j.. should you. 

You may sometimes be written after a circle; as, ^^. since you, 
t_. advise you. 

The breve for a, an, or and is not joined finally to the stems 
F, V, W, and downward R. 

Breves Not Written in Fourth Position. — A breve is never writ- 
ten alone in the fourth position. When a word represented by a 
breve is preceded by to, either the stem T is used with the breve in 
its own position, as, i •.. to owe, or the breve is joined to the stem 
T, as, .1.- to a, ..i . to him, ..1... to his, ..J... to whom, „L_. to 

what. To the is written as shown in Lesson X. 

L 



BREVES JOINED TO STEMS. 






47 

r .<o..../<U... 




C 



£-4 




WRITING EXERCISE. 

I-shall now make some move to-buy-the house. I-expect to- 
be in South-Dakota about-the end of-May. We-note what-you-say 
about rates in-yours-of recent-date. I-recollect the judge let-the 
witness • speak in-his-own tongue. If-we knew to-whom the mes- 
sage was sent we-could look it up. They spoke about making-a 
special design to-be submitted soon. He-does-not-know in-how- 
many-ways he-received aid in-his recent case. If I-receive as- 
many copies as I-expect I-shall take some-of-them to-the office and- 
some to-the house. Ship us as-many-as-you-can now and say when- 
you expect to-get-your new goods in. We-shall-be ready to-make- 
you-a bid when-we know at-what date the house is needed. We- 
could get out no sand because of-the snow in-and about-the cut 
south-of-the sandpit. If-I-may see-you in-your office Wednesday 
I-can show-you some-of-the law books issued since-you bought 
yours. We-took-the books to-his office and-laid them on-his desk 
and-we-thought he-would see them when-he came in. 



48 



REVIEW 



-- \ 1 



) 






x." 



3: 






.t- t >,^.S...:£r. £..* XL i 



4.^L^ y ^iVi..^,=^ 






*--> 



'I. 



* c ■ 



/2L1*.,. 



■KTnP 



"W t^ 



^5 



V 



:W- 



c 



V* 



^ 






y-i- 



.^ 



V>" n 



y 



-w 






-,£. 



-^i- 



1^/..£. J ,±..'?L, 



V-H 



-• t- 



-■^. 



_(./l 



b ......\ 



L/2:., 



:rL 



■%■ 



MODIFICATIONS OF THE 6-CIRCLE. 49 

LESSON XVII. 
MODIFICATIONS OF THE S-CIRCLE. 

There are three modifications of the s-cirele; the large circle, the 
small loop, and the large loop. They are placed on the right-hand 
side of straight stems written downward, on the upper side of straight 
Stems written to the right, and on the inside of curved stems. When 
used initially they must be read first; when used finally they must be 
read last. A vowel can not precede an initial circle or loop, or fol- 
low a final circle or loop. 

The Large Circle. — Two sounds of s or z with a single vowel be- 
tween, forming the syllables ses, sez, zes, zez, cis, cise, etc., are repre- 
sented by a large circle, which may be used either initially, finally, 
or between stems; as, .^^ schism, .yrr.. uses, .t±P. exist, .....\Q em- 
phasize. 

Vowels within Large Circles. — It is usually unnecessary to indi- 
cate the vowel between the sounds represented by the large circle, 
but when desired it may be written within the circle. First-position 
vowels are placed near the top, second-position vowels and all diph- 
thongs in the center, and third-position vowels near the bottom 

of the circle; as, season, .Nj. possess, ....I. exhaust, .b:_. de- 
cisive, ..\^. suspect. 

The Small Loop. — The sounds -st and zd are represented by a 
small loop, which is made one-third the length of the stem; as, 

stock, ..(^.-. list, ...... honest, .*]._. state, fast, . .., 7r ..._ . ex- 



cused, ..A. still. 

The st-loop is not used where there is a distinct vowel between 

the sounds of s and t: in such cases the s-circle and stem T or D 

p 

are used; as, jl^. visit, .?\p. episode, 



50 MODIFICATIONS OF THE S-CIRCLE. 

The st-loop may be added after a half-length; as, ..if., latest, 



r~*z> 



sweetest, modest, ..^.. midst. 



The Large Loop. — The final syllables -ster, -stor, and -sture are 
represented by a large loop, which is made two-thirds the length of 
the stem; as, „?Dl poster, .<^p. muster, .„J£>... investor, .... •. min- 
ister, .k... visitor, jjja. semester, .kS.. vesture, \-~^ - fixture. 

The large loop is not used initially. 

An s-circle may be added after the large circle or after either of 



the loops; as, ._;£)_ possesses, masts, fosters. 


WORD-SIGNS 




long .a. or Vs? first 


fact 


..N-^. among ..w.. next 


„_S... subject 


... < ^ r . thing „_/^_. will 


certificate 


The stem sign for first is used only in phrases. 


READING EXERCISE. 


i a j 


-..^.l.N^.._^.. 


^ y~% * 


....^..5<D...n^ > ....L a .i .^ 

it 


: ^ _^=> • . ' 


^•-'■^--^■-^ 


^..p v .. 5 . : .D E ,.3-. :f 


<^^V 


r^... k ..^...^.. w 




k..,-.Q-:-0.x:.-.^7r_...^ 






<£&.- ^.......^Xx < ... 


~3~*- -r--- fc- 



MODIFICATIONS OF THE S-CIRCLE. 



51 



..^^..^•y.,...^^.(.^^..W..^.,.^.4]; 



x>...>~<&..\>. 




o^JSl^lS 



reduced 

steel 

masses 

most 

teamster 

step 

unjust 

cases 

best 

stakes 

mosses 

style 

tempest 

posts 



WRITING EXERCISE, 

study 
basis 
cast 
discusses 



stem 

vest 

systematic 

exists 

stubs 

luster 

casters 

stage 

chooses 

pastor 



neatest 

lists 

stuff 

sinister 

waste 

stitch 

exposes 

successes 

stomach 

guesses 

guest 

novices 

administer 

faces 



stoop 

recesses 

stood 

teases 

losses 

stack 

sting 

Baxter 

texture 

arises 

cutest 

foster 

songster 

vices 



Chester 

haste 

Sussex 

roster 

stiff 

rose 

roses 

roast 

roasts 

roaster 

roasters 

rosette 

rusty 

raises 



It-is manifest the exact fact was set out in-the certificate. • We- 
adopted-the best methods in-use among business houses. We-must 
take steps to-pay all taxes by-the end-of-the week. The method-of 
raising revenue is-a subject now much discussed. Investors will re- 
ceive certificates-of deposit the first of-next month. 



52 LtfDEPE^DElfT LOOPS. 

LESSON XVIII. 
MODIFICATIONS OF THE S-CIRCLE (continued). 

Loops between Stems.— Either the small or the large loop may 
be used between stems where the following stem can be conveniently 

joined; as, .fit., justify, .__~___ abstract, _ U:. district, f\\. yesterday. 
In cases where the stem will not join after the small loop the circle 
.may sometimes be used, the sound of t- not being .indicated in 
the outline; as, .^v.. postoffice, L... testify, ir<~**~ testimony, 
textbook. 



Independent Loops. — In some words it is convenient to write the 
loop independent of the stem, slanting in the direction of the stem CH; 



as, ....... institute, -Vs.. extensive, ^u. extract, .., footstep, 

..-4P^- restrictive. 

The word stated is written with the independent st-loop and half- 
length T to distinguish it from the word said; thus, .fk.. stated, 

.'A... said. 

The final syllable -sest is represented by a small circle inside the 

loop, the circle being made first and the loop added by a continu- 

v^ 9 . ~% 
ous motion without lifting the pencil; as, nicest, wisest, 

.A... choicest. ^ 

An st-loop may be added after an st-loop as follows: castest, 

._r_. fastest. 

Circles between stems are sometimes elongated so as to look like 
loops, but when the outline is made with a continuous motion they 
are regarded as circles, in such words as .^.. receipt, Jt^.. jetsam, 

or in phrases like <=^a. many such, -UL-- it is received, .ZTx. be- 
cause they. 



MODIFICATIONS OF THE S-CIRCLE. 53 

WORD-SIGNS. 

.tttt. gave, together give-n .S».. several 

READING EXERCISE. 

Jtoa*..--*^...^ ..^f-^-J^, ^ .y.^..:^... 



x ?...^..^....{....U.3=:...^ 3Cli ..jf > .3i: \. 



c-Li-4r- 



^.•JL.^X^.. ^^...^...C' 



XL p t 

*>..- i... <<: 



\ .? 



il 






">• 



^-,/-^-- 6 ---^-i-^-tf 



v ./fl 



JC* 



i_ 



\ 



T.""" 

■■■-*■■ J--v- 

• ' 9-- 



L 



,. ^ 



* 



; ,._.i.<_., 



./^ ? 



^ t: f 



...N,. 



<r 



zLL 



*"-*■ 



Obf^., 



v 






vf-r^.- 



*i» 



54 LOOPS AND LARGE CIRCLE IN PHRASING. 

WRITING EXERCISE. 

Good wheat is raised in-a restricted district. We-now have- 
the nicest and fastest boat on-the lake. The extract will give-an 
idea of-the style of-the book. Investors have bought several of-our 
best paying leases. They gave-him money enough to-pay postage 
and-registering fee. The deed, together-with-the abstract, was 
given into my keeping. This deed and abstract will-be left with-you 
and should-be sent to-Topeka if needed. Not-a vestige of-the camp 
baggage was left when-they came back. You-may pay-the postage 
on-this package to- Amsterdam when-you take-it to-the office. The 
poster designed by-the Art League was submitted last Wednesday 
and accepted yesterday. When-we sought to-substitute new meth- 
ods in-the offices many resisted in-a most obstinate way. We set 
out about a-thousand of-the choicest roses we-could buy and-lost 
most of-them the first season. If-they should institute a suit they 
might meet with success, though I-would advise them not to- 
expect it. 



LESSON XIX. 
USE OF LARGE CIRCLE AND SMALL AND LARGE LOOPS IN PHRASING. 

Large Circle in Phrasing. — When two circle word-signs occur 
together they may be represented by the large circle written in the 

position of the first of such signs; as, as his, . is as. The 

first of these signs may represent either as his, as is, as has, has as, 
or has his, and the second either is as, is his, or his is. The 
meaning of the sentence will determine which is intended. 

If a word begins with a small circle the word as may be prefixed 

by enlarging the circle; as, ZT.. as such, N . as soon. 

If a word ends with a small circle, the word as, has, is, or his may 
be added by changing the small circle to a large circle; as, ../... this 



L00P8 AND LARGE CIRCLE IN PHRASING. 55 

is, ... • since his, ..J it is as, ./. this has become, ../.. this is 

• O vb- \> 

said. ^ — ' 

Occasionally a word or phrase ending with a circle and a word 

beginning with a circle may be joined, the large circle being used 
instead of the two small circles; as, .1 .. this subject, ..J... it is .-aid. 



.1 .. tins suoject, ..h.. 



A word ending with a small circle and a word beginning with a 
large circle are sometimes phrased; thus, ./.,.. this season. 

Small Loop in Phrasing. — The circle word-signs, and occasionally 
a circle at the end of a word, may be changed to a loop to add the, 

it, or to; as, as the, as it, as to, ...^.. is the, is it, is to, „.^s„ that 

is to say, .1... it is the best. As a rule, the is added after a final 
s-circle by the breve instead of the loop, „i_. it is the, ..Oo. suppose 
the. An s-circle may be used after the loop to add is, or to form 
the possessive its, being written inside the loop when standing alone, 

and added after the loop when joined to a stem; as, has its, 

because it is. 

The phrase this is the is written , / .. 

Large Loop in Phrasing. — The- word there or their, or the words 
theij are, may be added by changing a small circle to a large loop; 

as, has there, . is there, because they are. An s-circle 

may be joined after the loop to add the word is; thus, * as soon 
as there is, ^yr. as long as there is. ^^ 

The phrase this is their is written .. / . 

The word store is sometimes added to a stem by a large loop; as, 



book store, ..^. shoe store; and the word stairs by a large 
loop and a small circle; as, .£5i. up stairs, „„^7.. back stairs. 

WORD-SIGNS. 

...... charge ../.. change Li., legislature 



56 



LOOPS AND LARGE CTRCLE IN PHRASING. 



OY 



/ - 



READING EXERCISE. 



.-^ 



•V 



tk 



A 



.r 



X 



Nu,i£ 



V 



^.X.yi^. 






^^ 



^ 



->s~«— 



-£■ 



\ » 



(• 



7X 



v 7 ^=> 



%" 



)-. 



■-* 



T \>-^ ■■■- 



AL 



1. 



.r* 



W- 



b=. 



.**&. 



V. 



*...k 



I. 






(..rri. 



x 



x> 



• \"/n "y 



_<2.j*>. u..L_. 






ju 



; „^. 



BTEM8 WRITTEN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD. 57 

WRITING EXERCISE. 

is it not because there is is there a as to the 

shows their does there choose their because its 

knows it is as there is not raise its thus there is 

refuse their is there not when is there in ease there is 

since there is as soon as it is makes their business there 

it is their as there is a as to your notice the 

has there not since it is as to a stays there 

The State taxes are due on-the first of-May. This-is thought 
by-some to-be his best book. This-is-the first of-the boat races 
this season. The last legislature made some change in-this law. 
As-soon-as-there-is business to-justify it we-shall move. The special 
sale at-the book-store will-be on next Wednesday. You-may take 
these notices np-stairs and-leave a copy in-each office. It-is-said 
that-this-subject is-to-be discussed at-the debate next Tuesday night. 



LESSON XX. 

STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD-INITIAL R, L, AND SH. 

Partial rules for the use of the upward and downward R and L 
used initially were given in Lessons V. and VIII. 

GENERAL RULES. 

R or L the First Sound. — When R or L is the first sound in a 

word the stem is written upward; as, .<<*.. ray. .> rock, /../S,. rub, 

<C. rising. (*.. tame, >'. lake, .^r]^.. leave, .r...... writing. 

R or L Preceded by a Vowel. — When R or L is preceded by a 

vowel the stem is written downward; as, ...... or, .__.rr?. argue, 

-^ A n A 

..T.L.... herb, .:?\ irrigate, KZl. alum, ..SrT along, .rrr. alike. 

When L Is the Only Stem in a word it is always written up- 
ward; as, £.. slay, /.... ails. 



58 STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD. 

EXCEPTIONS. 

There are certain exceptions to the preceding rules which are 
necessary" to secure better angles in the joining of stems. If the 
stem R or L when written according to the preceding rules does not 
form a good joining with the stem which follows, it is necessary to 
write the stem in the other direction for the sake of securing an 
angle. The following are the exceptions to the rules given above: 

When the stem R is followed by M or H it is always written 
downward, whether a vowel precedes or not; as, -.1*=^ Rome, 
_...V^\ arm, ___.VrM rehash, .?T\ room, ._~X_. remit, ...\-^. ar- 



mada, ....Vrr^ aroma, 

When the stem R is followed by T, D, CH, J, TH, DH, F, or V, 
the upward R is always used, whether a vowel precedes or not; as, 

/^•irritate, A erode, "._/. arch, .A. reach, yj.. originate, /\ earth, 

■\. wrath, ZL. aerify, /\S^^,. Irving, -/\->~ reviews. 

When L is followed by any stem written downward (P, B, T, D, 
CH, J, F, V, TH, DH, S, Z, SH, ZII, R, or W) the upward L is 

used, whether a vowel precedes or not; as, elapse, ./•...._ lapse, 

./i_Sv. elbow, l\. elate, L.\. eldest, l\ lajdy, /_*/. elegy, -l.\~ al- 
though,^..' S.. olive, A. lathe,-.' ./"also, _( v .„. Elisha, ./*.?! lower, 

7- ?. always. 

L when followed by mp or mb is written downward, in such words 

as .jfe>... lump, -f^---- limp, /^-- - limbo. 

Initial SH Sometimes Written Upward. — Initial SH is written 
downward before all stems except TH, DH, T, D, and upward L, 

whether a vowel precedes or not; as, V- Ashby, .<^L Cheyenne, 

.J.\. shave, ..A., ashamed. Before TH and DH the stem SH is al- 



STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD. 59 

ways written upward; as, __^.. sheath, -M^.. sheathing. Before 
T, D, and upward L the upward SH is used if a vowel follows each 
stem; as, ■...[" shadow, ^A. shady, ^Ar chateau, ..^....„ shallow. 
If, however, a vowel precedes SH, or if no vowel follows the final 
stem, the downward SH is used; as, ..„. Ashley, J*, shade. 

WORD-SIGNS. 

beyond L... yet, young ./T. year, your 

READING EXERCISE. 






£L 



-b 



^ 



-l.-e.-H; 



z. 2i_r 



-4- 



V 



U^ 



XL* 



,r 



•£- 



•^V* 



^tt 



^-% 



^..^.^ .. i: .« .. r . 



F 



.A.. 



f"i~k? 



1 



r 






T ^., t .,-...A./:.^.^.i...L rt: /^ 

:.:1 <*^s. ». :c.k^. 



II). JZsbA^L 



i 



?■ 






60 



STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD. 





WRITING 


EXERCISE. 


^_ 




roamed 


irksome 


lime 


revise 


err 


latch 


losing 


oars 


rich 


lazy 


shaggy 


loop 


elect 


eradicate 


alive 


slow 


wreath 


leer 


ramify 


shadows 


lease 


Oshkosh 


earthy 


Shelley 


writhe 


rating 


levying 


robust 


argued 


remote 


ledge 


aloofness 


earnest 


alfalfa 


loud 


Shiloh 


loath 


alabaster 


lips 


alto 


shop 


elope 


sheaf 


lash 


shaking 


artistic 


arc 


revive 


shiny 


remiss 


righteous 


sham 


array 


remedy 


Alps 



orb 

album 

rebate 

Albany 

Lucy 

livid 

alpaca 

Eliza 

refute 

elude 

sheep 

Yours of-recent-date is just-received. The lowest limbs of-the 
elms are beyond our reach. The young oaks set out last year have- 
not yet budded. Notice is given that-the banks of earth are to-be 
removed. We-wish to-urge all whose business is allied to-ours to- 
meet us. A shady avenue, shaped like-an arch, leads up to-the 
chateau. The Illinois legislature passed a-law last year removing- 
the Institute to-this-city. 



Give the reason for the upward or downward R, L, or SH in each 
of the following words: 

...!.. arid ..SJ.... urge 
._7I\.... irrigated" _;.. olives 



*3>- 

L 

r 



repose V orthodox 

rhyme .U™ + .. elk 
elude - .. t.\ shoddy ...(—>._. ailing ...*£7l. almighty 



roused 
alley 




leaf 
lamp 



STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD. 



(51 



LESSON XXI. 
STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD— FINAL R, L, AND SH. 

Final R, L, and SH are sometimes written upward and sometimes 
downward, according to the rules given below. 

GENERAL RULES. 

R, L, or SH the Final Stem, Not Followed by a Vowel.— When 
K, L. or SH is the last stem in a Word and no vowel follows, it is 
written downward; as, ..X. bell, ..'C. gales, ..^v. power, .7!7A ex- 
pel, ,^... fear, J:., jail, .mL^.. forced, ..V. bush, ..._^. barred, 
\2. cash, ':A. lash, ..V. billed. 

R, L, or Sh the Final Stem, Followed by a Vowel. — When R, L, 
or SH is the final stem in a word and a vowel follows, it is written 
upward; as, SJ&.. furrows, ..>/>.. below, :..... tallest, X7r^. to- 



morrow, .\^:_ bushy, ..^Jrf... militia, 

.A : .. pilot. 

In the preceding lesson it was stated that when L is the only stem 
in a word it is written upward. However, the h-breve when joined 
initially to L is treated as a stem, and if the sound of I is final the 

downward L is used; as, hall, *!.... hail, :/7.. hill. If a vowel 

V~" *'. /^ 

follows the upward L is used; as, /.... holy, ./?.. hilly, ..... hollow, 

j£. hello, -."..... holly. 

An exception is made in the case of the words whole and hole, which 
are written .{.... 

A diphthong may be joined initially to a downward L where the 
sound of I is final; as, ...... oil, .:.... owl. 



62 



STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD. 



EXCEPTIONS. 

The exceptions to the foregoing rules are formulated with a view 
to securing more legible and more easily written forms. ^ 

L after L is written upward; as, .L s Lowell, .11 loyal, 

SZ..... lull, fC... little. . / 

R after R is written upward; as, .yS_... rear, ..-. rare. This 

rule will cover all words ending with the syllables -rior, -ricr, -reer, 
-rer, etc.; as, .%^x^-. superior, ^i^JZ... inferior, .UrTT^.. terrier, 

\J>^..... furrier, y C.. career, ...\_. bearer. 

Customer is an exception to the first general rule in this lesson, 
and is written .3Lrrv^... 

L after half-length M or H is written upward; as, r£L....- metal, 
.^T... hotel. 

L after half-length N or NG is written downward; as, „^fe. re- 
cently, .^ttV. succinctly, .^r.... indistinctly.. 

SH after K, G, N, NG ; and upward R is written downward, even 
though followed by a vowel; as, .._> cautious, .,_ anxious, <&. Rus- 
sia, ...i\. nausea. 

SH after F or V is written upward, whether followed by a vowel 
or not; as, .L....2. fish, .L....T. fishy, _____Sr^l. lavish. 

The plural of words ending with downward SK is formed by add- 
ing the s-circle, even though a distinct vowel is heard after SH; as, 

....I. dish, ....J. dishes, s6l. rush,. <&. rushes. 

Half-length R after the stems L, F, V, K, and G is written up- 
ward; as, \^... veered, .S^p.. billiard, /*.... lowered, J^Z. afford, 
_•_ scared, .?— S gored. 

When the final stem SH is halved the direction must be chosen 



BTEMS WRITTEN DPWARD AND DOWNWARD. 



63 



which will form the better joining; as, ~u •- officiate, .i^.. fished, 

£.S .. lavished, .!k.. dashed. 

When an s-eirele precedes a final R or L, the stem may be written 
downward although a vowel follows, or upward although no vowel 

follows, if a better joining can thus be effected; as, ...!:. nicely, 

— ^--- obviously, ..Sr^TT.. answer, . Q ^d^.. successor, V^- dismissal. 

The word small is written with the upward L, in order that its 
derivatives may be written without changing from the form of the 

primitive; as, A small, .?£-—— smaller, .<£?„.... smallest. 



WORD-SIGNS 

._/..\.. represent /..\... representative 

REA 



republic-sh 





64 STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD. 

-" L„5C.^. : j-yl*.--k..L.j» -y^, .y-k. 

^V :i ^^^^^ 

f .^..^...^..Z.>I.^,^ : ^ iv .^,.L_L>, 

WRITING EXERCISE. 

pears layer jewel hull roil 

spell folly sparrow Lillie uproar 

scaly abolish lowly lately tall 

thistle measles. Shakspeare thievish Paris 

mettle ballot chisel far vicious 

opera hourly sadly fellow tear 

Nash coil doubtless delicious tarry 

The new road follows-the valley of-the Missouri. Keep copies 
of-your answer in-the Merrow case. The weight of-the tower 
rests on four -lofty arches. The republic of Mexico has repre- 
sentatives in Russia. This book represents city life early in-the 
last century. We-must republish the notice-of appeal to-make-it 
valid. The shape of-the shadow shows the earth to-be-a sphere. 
The career of-the house until recently was most successful. 



Give the reasons for every upward and downward R or L in the 
following words: 

.„7S__ fire .... ^Sv— . bear ...V^.... evidently ..<^Wjl. emulate 

..._]__. deal ....f. heel ..yt\^.... reappear ~>wC~ pillow 

,„.™ ballad ...— barrier . V ... bills ...( v ...... lisle 



STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD. 65 



LESSON XXII. 

STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD— MEDIAL R, L, AND SH. 

In the middle of an outline the stems R, L, and SH may be writ- 
ten upward or downward, the direction being chosen which makes 
the best joining with the other stems. Careful study of outlines in 
which these upward and downward stems are used medially will as- 
sist in determining the forms for many words for which specific rules 
would be burdensome. The following rules, however, will cover a 
large proportion of outlines: 

Derivatives from words ending with the stem L usually retain the 
direction which the L has in the outline of the original word; as, 

.:\. appeal, ..;\.... appealing; „_!r.-... follow, following, 

.'. S/l.. follofe; ..A. toil, ..A. toiling. 

If the stem following L is written downward, however, the upward 
L is generally used; as, .v~~ fill, x^jC^x filler. 

Derivatives from words' ending with upward R retain the direction 

of the R; as, .T^.... marry, .177^7.. marriage, .'Olf. marrying; 

.CX thorough, &\7Z. thoroughness; .1^.. rare, .: '..'. rarity, 



£....'., rarefy. 

Derivatives from words ending with the downward R usually 
change the direction of the R before the stem N or NG; as, ..-.y.... ap- 



pear. :\J£^t. appearing; .„.Ul... tear, .\\.. tearing; .S... tower, 

z. towering; „..>^. bare, „„. bareness. If F or V pre- 
cedes the downward R, however, and a horizontal stem or the up- 
ward L follows, the downward R is usually retained; as, ..V-.-.-. fear, 



66 STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD. 

.-V^-- fearing; .SC ... fore, ..V^. forego, ._^L. 

..?7X-.. fair, .__.JX^'~- fairly. 

Words Not Derivatives. — In the outlines of words not derived 
from other words, the downward- R is used after F or V if followed 

by a horizontal stem; as, ../T^ fork, ..„^y farm. However, 

it the stem which precedes the R is not F or V, the upward R is 

used; as, park, k:. derrick, ^ Ct.... corona. 

When followed by a stem written downward, R is generally writ- 



ten upward; as, Trrf.'J... carriage, „^y_![:. variety, V.V...... territory, 

../X.L party, k/i.. forth, ^A... mirth. 

L used medially in words not derived from other words is gener- 
ally written upward; as, ?Sl.. bulk, V.J.. delta, :... apology. 

When the stem R with no following vowel occurs after the stem L, 
the L is written upward and the R downward; as, J^TTX. dealer, 
.\L/L„i failure, ^pjC.J molar. 

SH used medially is written upward after T, D, F, or V; as, 

._. dashing, .»_..„.. toy-shop, ..._.^rri..... lavishing. After all 

other stems SH is generally written downward; as, „..\_... pushing, 
... ..<_>.. cashing, ..^1... unship, .....V..... bishop, /^j^.... rushing, 



lashing. 

R and L with Initial Circle or Loop. — When R is the only 
stem in a word with an initial circle or loop, such circle or loop is 
treated as a stem, and if the sound of r is final the downward R is 

used; as, ,.?\ sir, .I?\ store, ...).. stair. If the sound of r is fol- 
lowed by a vowel, however, the upward R is used; as, .^.'. story, 
.0^2: series, <^T. Sarah. 



STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD AM) DOWNWARD. 67 

Wheo R is the first stem in a word, preceded by a circle or loop, 
it is written downward if followed by M, H, K, or G; as, ..'X^,. cir- 
cuit, ....rrr: stork, .„Jr^. storm, ..^W^-^-. ceremony, .^v.._. Syra- 
eose. Before all other stems it is written upward; as, .?0...^9. surpass, 
o^T^l. serenity, .?L.Sx„. survive, jc^Via surface, .&?^.. certain, 
c-.<£ surges, 9:...'. sordid. 

When an initial circle or loop precedes L, the stem is written up- 
ward; as, ./. silk, h. L select, ./^rf.. ceiling, .^\... slip, 

slave. V3.- solicitous, .h....?\. seller. 



The word solemn and its derivatives are exceptions to the pre- 
ceding rule, and are written with the downward L; as, .\TT?. solemn, 
solemnly, _^L^._ solemnity. 

..Vrrr:. January ....k November „„Jl. her 
.S^_ February Jrrx.. December .„IT^. hear, here 
J?*c77>. September mortgage ...\.. hope 

READING EXERCISE. 



.v^o>:- 



7 



.^. 



£ 



<? 



,£b 



-f 



w:.: 



,,A f . 



A 



fc 



\, 






/2» 



VHr 



■A- 



..»....j3..r... 



^._r.i.jc__^. ...... 



68 



STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD. 



kVu 



.io.:tl, l Q /...^..f..^J: 



S* 



4. 



-x. 



.Vl 



Li. 



2_ 

F 



>■ 



ka. 



V u *~ 



( 



L 



j^. 



•\" 



C^ 



.cr.. 



.jT 



T 



^ 



^-Hsr^t 



.^?..„/rrrc i „y. 



t 






*- fc 



STEMS WRITTEN UPWARD AND DOWNWARD. 



69 





WRITING EXERCISE. 




pulp 


storage 


searching 


dirk 


spire 


foremost 


star 


sleek 


search 


basely 


sarcasm 


firm 


sire 


salary 


castle 


slums 


barring 


melody 


period 


polite 


tarring 


surface 


selvedge 


delaying 


Lyell 


solid 


pealing 


forecastle 


sour 


merrier 


gushing 


failing 


borrowing 


feared 


lashes 


sore 


operating 


colleague 


refusal 


roily 


milk 


slowly 


perch 


Healey 


dash 


Cherokee 


march 


surrey 


demurrer 


gear 


scaling 


charity 


slur 


pulley 


geared 


sloping 


sorry 


bearing 


tissue 


Hallie 


Farley 


dishing 


steer 


jolly 


cheerier 


sleep 


certainty 


carrying 


elfish 


rushy 


surveying 


dirge 


slower 


lurid 


fired 


follower 


surly 


forehead 


loll 


Cassius 


deluge 


dealing 


selling 


wholesome 


Paul 


circus 


faring 


solemnify 


carrier 


Millard 



We-hear-the vessel lost her mast in-a gale ofF-the west coast 
of South -America. The house and-lot in-the vicinity of-the park 
is-to-be sold to-a party in-the-East. The notes-and mortgages fall- 
ing due in January and February will-be-sent-you in-a few-days. 
They spoke about borrowing-a small sum-of money and carrying 
ou-the business until they can dispose-of-the stock. 



70 



REVIEW. 
REVIEW. 



t-i 



Q2s- 



^"r-^f 



A 



-. K .,..^..v. 



- v 7"y^' 

^..^A:..r...*i.^...^...^\ 



_k>'\ 5\ 



riA.k 



■t 



.3a, 



4-^ 



L- 



. 






■Q^-,-^. 



VI 



iH- 



-...?i2±L!> 



x..r..^. 



i: ""■»' 



.»-£. 



■p. VW1 



V" 



v 



^l--** 



^....^1..^. 



.^.. 



^ 



7\ 



.M S r.V-i!i. 



y*s-*.-f.. 



^ 



5 

/ 






^ 



^ 



^ 



\ 



V K 



C±~ i I. 



,.j.....a.:.^ 



x 



.i^JL^-TL 






SMALL FINAL HOOKS. i L 

LESSON XXIII. 

SMALL FINAL HOOKS. 

In order to shorten outlines certain sounds and combinations 
of sounds are represented by hooks. There are eight hooks on 
straight stems, one large and one small on each side at the beginning, 
and one large and one small on each side at the end. On curved 
stems there are four hooks, a large and a small hook at each end, 
always placed on the inside of the curve. 

A small hook is made one-fourth the length of a stem, and should 
point slightly away from the stem. 

The N-Hook. — A small final hook placed on the left-hand side of 
upright straight stems, on the lower side of straight stems written 
to the right, and on the inside of curved stems, represents the sound 
of n. It is read after the vowel which follows the stem; as, J.\. at- 
tain, Y... join, rrr= gain, ....... ran, ..:?.. fine, .*^> main, .^j? none. 

The F-Hook. — A small final hook placed on the right-hand side of 
upright straight stems and on the upper side of straight stems written 
to the right represents the sound of /or v. It is read after the vowel 
which follows the stem; as, ^.. pave, ..1... achieve, .-^p cuff, .^reef. 

The f-hook is not used on curved stems, except in phrases as ex- 
plained on the following page. 

Hooks Used Finally. — When w, /, or v is the last sound in a 

word, the hook should be used; as, ^C. rain, ..'.... man, ._'_... cough. 
When », /, or v is the last consonant in a word, followed by a vowel, 

the stem is used instead of the hook; as, /*......'. rainy, /rr>~^- many, 

L coffee. A vowel can not be read after a final hook. 

Hooks Used Medially. — A stem may be added after a hook where 

it makes a good joining; -as, „Jl tonnage, Ja.. typhoid, yM'... divide, 

...'.. .?S cover, „.„^L. manfully. 



72 CIRCLES AFTER F- AND N-HOOKS. 

Occasionally the shape of a hook may be slightly modified to allow 
another stem to be joined; as, ..J/., tenpin, ...rtrrr panic, 4L*- attain- 
ing, '. coughing. 

Circle after the F-Hook.— A circle may be made inside the f- 
hook to add the sound of s or z. As the st-loop is never written 
within hooks, the s-circle when so used may be made in the form of 
a loop, to avoid increasing the size or changing the shape of the 

hook; as, ^^ caves, ..'/... achieves, ..^. reefs, ...y archives, 

\Z... tariffs, .!?... dives. 

Circles and Loops after the N-Hook.— On straight stems, the 
small and large circles and the small and large loops may be added 
after the sound of n by changing the n-hook into such circle or loop; 

I J X X 

as, .A... Dan, .?.... dance, P.. dances, .J... danced, rrm again, 
rrr^ against, .„£. pun, ..X puns, ._£>. punster, .&'. punsters, 

.-TT5 gun, rrpti guns, .z... chances,-.-.. Kansas. 

These circles and loops will not conflict with the ordinary circles 
and loops, which are written on the opposite side of the stem when 
they do not include the sound of n. 

On curved stems the s-circle is written inside the n-hook, both the 

hook and the circle being shown; as, ..\^. evince, ..„_.:*. refines, 

h... nouns, ...a. once, .^^. moons. 

Final Hooks on Half-Length Stems. — A stem with a final hook 
may be written half-length, and the sound of t or d is read after the 

hook; as, ..^>.. paved, ..:... raft, ... achieved, ...... joined, .. i3 . gift, 

^^>? current, .„L^>. payment, .Ccrrrf. authentic, .-p<^? country. 

An s-circle may be added after a stem written half-length, and 

must be read last; as, .£... rafts, ..Lr.. tufts, ...... points, finds, 

..... lands. 

Hooks joined to half-length stems are made slightly smaller than 
those joined to iull-length stems. 



N- AND F-IIOOKS IN PHRASES. '" 

N- and F-Hooks in Phrasing. — The words an t find, own, one, and 

than may be added by tho n-hook; as, ..,.._.. oft' and on, A... at an, 

./T.. your own, <sh$. some one, .Cl.-^. slower than. 

The words have and o/may be added to words formed of straight 

stems or straight breves by the f-hook; as, ...... out of, .__&. much of, 

J... to have, could have, .... who have, I have. 

The words have and of may be represented on curved stems by a 
large hook; as, x^>. may have, .rz.. shall have, ..V... that have, 
if., they have, .{7.. you have, .."^. we have, ..^u. way of, .v_p. know of, 
.£?_. will have. 

The word not may be added to words consisting of a single stem 

by adding the n-hook and making the stem half-length; as, can 

not, ..-=.. may not, shall not, ..?... had not, . should not, 

.J .. ought not. 



WORD-SIGNS. 

...\... opinion .J..... differ- ence-ent ..-—?.. govern 

.*{.... refer-ence ...J.... between .....V, governor 



te.4*:...„J-..Se J:. 



READING EXERCISE. 

&_i& .^.,...^ ^. 



V 



: --fc 

^...\1...?.....£.A. 



irk 



t 



*}SS&ZS&$J>;."?S J- 



V 



is: 



--P 



.«...,..d^.^?....;..^..... x „ 



74 



SMALL FINAL HOOKS. 



J: c So 




.-r..L- — 




--/tW 


...fZ..^-3 


7?*".\ 


; ^ 


— <. 


V, ' 


1 


J 3S.....Y... 

1 


^ t~4 


r- ^ .» 














WRITING EXERCISE 






spin 




mischief 


doves 


rave 


pansy 




review 




lane 


Coney 


wants 


Canton 




dive 




bone 


fancy 


demand 


thence 




summons 


June 


remind 


organic 


appearance 




gone 




chin 


done 


known 


fence 




events 




soften 


beef 


earn 


dines 




then 




foreman 


gifts 


defy 


referee 




fain 




penman 


river 


can have 


money 




skiff 




roofed 


saloon 


day of 


vacancy 




hunt 




rents 


examine 


top of 


should have 




gains 




errand 


run 


could not 


did not 




David 




scan 


Nathan 


lower than 


by and by 




salesman 


moon 


shine 


tin 


copy of 





LARGE FINAL HOOKS. 75 

The laws that govern this force are little known. The moon 
revolves around-the earth once in four weeks. The governor has 
signed-the bond's remaining in-his hands. I-have-used both methods 
and see no difference between-them. No reference has-been made 
to-the main points of-the opinion. We-can-not take-this amount 
out-of-the cash, and-will-have to-make-you-a checV when we-have 
looked up-the items on-the bill. 



LESSON XXIV. 
LARGE FINAL HOOKS. 

Large hooks are made slightly less than one-half the length of a 
stem. The distance from the stem, to the end of the hook is also 
slightly less than one-half the length of a stem. 

The Shun-Hook. — The syllables -Hon, -tian, -sion, -dan, -cion, etc., 
are represented by a large final hook on the right-hand side of up- 
right straight stems, on the upper side of straight stems written to 
the right, and on the inside of curved stems; as, .4^5 occasion, 
option, „V.. fashion, <rp. motion, y.\^._. optician, ...^ sus- 



picion, ^<.. ration. U 

The Ter-Hook. — The syllables -ter, -ther, -to?-, -ture, -tar, etc., are 
represented by a large final hook on the left-hand side of upright 
straight stems and on the lower side of straight stems written to the 

right; as, ..\^ : bitter, ....... rather, ..J.', debtor, .a..^ 1 ... rapture, 

^<c7zz>. nectar. 

The ter-hook is not used on curved stems. 

Shun- and Ter-Hooks Used Medially. — A stem may be added 

after the shun- or ter-hook; as, A..J?:.. dictionary, >-?. national, 

L~3?y auctioneer .r^.. gathering, ...A. cauterize. 



76 



LARGE FINAL HOOKS IN PHRASES. 



Circles after Large Final Hooks. — A circle may be made inside 
the large final hooks, and is always read last; as, .L..!s3. elevations, 
rrrrir^^p.. examinations, .„?.. fashions, ..V.„. petitions, ...C. chap- 
ters, .v.... writers. '^' 

Stems with large final hooks may be made half-length, and the 
sound of t or d is read after the hook; as, ..:&. patient, .}.... cau- 
tioned, ...... battered, .. n n3.. patients, ._\3_. ancients. 

Shun- and Ter-Hooks in Phrasing. — The shun-hook may be used 
to add the word ocean; as, .v?T7!7. Atlantic ocean, ._\« Pacific 



The ter-hook may be used to add their, there, they are, or other; 
as, ...... by their, ...... can there, ..^. hope they are, ...... at other. 



^ 



WORD-SIGNS. 

notwithstanding began ..A... circumstance 

Sp... specification _rrrr=. begun ....?.... citizen 

<??... recollection . vuuu ^. begin ...^7... intelligent 



.^.^^;....^...-^ ) ....-P--p 



READING EXERCISE. 

. J ...^) 









;b. • p 

rzr. 



so 



v_P 



...>0 



L 



■f- 



X 



S..,, \-A, 



\-~ 



4 ,'crv 



,.. = „ f :.~^> 



J u 



LARGE FINAL HOOKS. 



77 



V. 



^..i^... ) ..^..^..!C!_.i..Tr»*.?.'.^i. t .-^Xi s .«t r ... 



.^.l. v A.?..*... t x 



.,£%■£.£*. 



<• -> 



omissions visions division additions fascination 

station exception solution gaiters execution 

pewter estimation occasioned deception pacification 

notional operation spectator tighter rejection 

testator invasion sectional bitterness caterer 

mutilation imitators potter cushioned to their 

section notation admissions up there had there 

bettering bothered embitter be there can there be 

dissension exaction delusions could there will be there 

totter ambition restriction suffocation at their 

remission mission action auction are there 

resolution cutters exactions executor by their 

His recollection of-the events is good. The series of lectures 
began with one on Japan. Additional specifications have recently 
been submitted. The allegations of-the petition are admitted in-the 
answer. Patient research has shown much of-the life of-the an- 
cients. Notwithstanding the caution used, the circumstance is 
known to-many citizens here and at-other points in-the State. The 
vessel was becalmed many-days at-a point in-the Atlantic-ocean 
midway between Saint-Helena and-the main land. 



78 



DOUBLE-LENGTHS. 



LESSON XXV 
DOUBLE-LENGTHS. 

Curved stems may be made double-length to add the syllables 
-ter, -der, -ther, -tor, and -ture. 

Positions of Double-Lengths. — First-position upright stems written 
downward when made double-length are commenced high enough 
to allow the bottom to touch the line. Fourth-position double- 
lengths are placed wholly below the line. In all other cases the 
stem is begun in the same place as if it were of the ordinary length. 
The following words illustrate positions: 

\ ^ c 

First position. ....S*.-. after A. order ..." latter 

Second position. ..\_..._. feather ^rr+r^ motor ./........ letter 

Third position. .1 future ^ .....^ . neither ../....,.. litter 

Fourth position to order... ..... to Easter.... . to alter 



Doubling Stems with Final Hooks. — The syllables -ter, -der, etc., 
may be added to curved stems ending with a final hook by doubling 
the length of the stem, the syllable thus indicated being read after 



the hook; as, ..../^V.. wonder, J lender, ...\rr^r^? remainder, 

-V-.— . inventor. 

The syllables -ter, -der, etc., are added to straight single-length 
stems by the ter-hook; but if a straight stem ends with a small hook, 
the syllables -ter, -der, etc., may be added by doubling the length of 
the stem, the syllable thus indicated being read after the hook; as, 



D01 BLE-LENGTHS. 79 

A., pointer, .t!™.... rafter, ^-^. counterfeiter, ..J... re 

joinder, !". counteract, 

S-Circle after Double-Length Stems. — A circle may be added 
after a double-length stem, and is read last; as, L-\* elevators, 

XTl.... rafters, . encounters, k^^?. defenders. 

Double-Lengths in Phrasing.— The words there, their, they are, 
and other may be added to curved stems with or without final hooks, 
and to straight stems with final hooks, by doubling the length of the 

stem; as, .._.. in, .^^ 1Z ^. in their; .^_. if, .L if they are; on, 

on other; .w?. known, r>^_-?. known'their; ..V- have been, 

...S^... have been there; can have, can have their. 

Another may be added to either curved or straight stems by the 

n-hook and doubling; as, .V. by another, .>! or another, 

JL if another, on another. 

After may be added to straight stems by the f-hook and doubling; 

as, .L... day after day, .„7|. Wednesday afternoon, _.r. Satur- 

day after next. 



WORD-SIGNS, 



-7 ?/ 

^tttt^... understood .../.. knowledge .?.... satisfactory 

similar ...... acknowledge ....L endeavor 



ir^ 



80 



DOUBLE-LENGTHS. 
READING EXERCISE. 



.WbAs.-...^ 



■nr- 



t 



£«*fe 



J 



)£„..& 



, v .^-^ l3 ..^»:....^-.U--' 



«/> 



^E 



7 



-71. 



..^.. 



uu- 



.i\..i,.^s,r.A. 



;£] S..Z 



y •- ^ 



*^, 



j 






> 



^ 






rrfTTTl: L 6r~z...^$...y>CL.>i..-£ 



t 



Zn j^.^s^ 



c 



p 



DOUBLE-LENGTHS. 



81 



features 

asters 

hunter 

painter 

fainter 

Luther 

entertain 

laughter 

mutter 

water 



tender 

shatter 

heather 

suspender 

heater 

voter 

Esther 

hatter 

later 



WRITING 

decanter 

nature 

shutter 

counter 

wetter 

tinder 



EXERCISE 

Arthur 



shall there not be 
hinder ' if there has been 

candor is there no other 

shooter between their 

neater in another 

fenders down there 

intervention on their Tuesday afternoon 

kinder know there is on the day after 

founder gone there in there 

undermine engender I am there or other 

Our new motor is-to-be run by water power. We-acknowledge 
receipt-of-your letter with order. The roof and-rafters of-the the- 
ater are badly burned. As-to those matters we-have-no knowledge 
or opinion. It-is-understood that-the stock shall remain-there until 
fall. You-have-said nothing as-to-the nature-of-the suit against me. 
The location of-the opposing forces renders an encounter certain. 
We-shall endeavor week-after-next to-pay-the amount now due. 
The severe winter weather made it seem unwise to-venture out on- 
the appointed evening. 



S2 VOWELS INDICATED BY CONSONANT OUTLINE. 

LESSON XXVI 
VOWELS INDICATED BY CONSONANT OUTLINE. 

In actual stenographic work few vowels are inserted, and in form- 
ing words it is desirable to indicate by the consonant outline, when it 
can be done, whether vowels precede or follow stems. 

Words Beginning with Vowels. — When -a word begins with the 

sound of s the shorthand outline should begin with a circle or loop; 

but if a vowel precedes the sound of s the stem S is used, to indicate 

d — ') ^ 

that the word begins with a vowel; as, sack, ask; .......spy, 

.i^.. espy; ..'J... state, ..'/.. estate; .<z^'. story, %£.'. estuary. 

When a word begins with the sound of w the breve-w is used if it 
makes a good joining with the following stem; but if a vowel pre- 
cedes the sound of w the stem W is used; as, 3^ wake, ..jL=- awake; 
.^k-. weary, t^/T.:. aweary. 

When a word begins with the sound of z the stem Z is used, even 
though no vowel precedes; as, x^. zero, Yh.. zealous, ..tx. czar, 
..<)." zone. 

Words Ending with Vowels. — Final circles, loops, and hooks, the 
sound of t or d added by halving, and the syllables -ter, -der } etc., 
added by doubling, are read after the vowel which follows the stem, 
if one follows. Therefore, if a word ends with a vowel, the conso- 
nant which precedes the vowel can not be represented by any of 
those methods, but must be represented by a stem of ordinary length, 
without final circle, loop, or hook. The list of words given below 
will show how the consonant outline of a word is changed when a 
final vowel is added. Study the words in pairs — "lease, lessee;" 
u honest, honesty," etc. — and note how in each instance the final con- 
sonant changes to a stem when a vowel follows. 



WORDS ENDING WITH VOWELO. 



S3 



../^ lessee 

ST 
............ honesty 

.„.„...._•. ministry 

..^^T. registry 

..\^,.. penny 

..„^L--. review 

„!^™.„. pottery 

memento 

.. data 

.'. oratory 

':. country 

.. foundry 



Plural of Words Ending with Vowels. — The plural of a word which 
in the singular ends with a vowel is formed by adding the s-circle to 
the outline of the singular; as, ^rr^JL^ money, ^rr-J_£- moneys; 




V,tj 



agencies; .: policy, ._;..: policies; .:&„". pastry, 



L^y agency 
^L... pastries. 

Words Ending with "-ty." — The only exception to the rule given 
above for words ending with vowels is made in the case of a few- 
words of three or more syllables ending with -ty, which are con- 
tracted by halving the final stem, although there is no place in the 
consonant outline where the final vowel can be written; as, .vu.. util- 



ability, ........ vitality, .-yrP... nationality, activity. 



84 VOWELS INDICATED BY CONSONANT OUTLINE. 

Concurrent Vowels. — When two vowels occur together, preceded 
and followed by a consonant, if one of the vowels is accented both 

r . \ 

consonants are represented by stems; as, .Sv?. science, ...\. pious, 
..../.. chaos, .-.Nj poetic. 

If, however, the accent is not on one of the concurrent vowels, 
or if one of the vowels is indistinctly sounded, the rule above does not 
apply, but the modifications may be used instead of the stem; as, 
.^rril: Indian, k^v various, /^so'rebellion, jz/-. association. 

Words Containing Two Sounds of S. — When a word contains 
two sounds of 5 and no other consonant, if it begins with a vowel 
the first s is represented by the stem and the second by the s-circle; 
as, ..d'.. essays, ..J!, assess. 

If a word begins with s and ends with s, the first s is represented 

by the stem and the second by the s-circle; as, ..&.. says, ...... sauce. 

But if a word begins with s and ends with a vowel, the first s is 

represented by the s-circle and the second by the stem; as, ...:.., saucy. 

The words size and seize are exceptions, and are written with the 

1 
initial s-circle and the stem Z; thus, size, ...^.. seize. 

WORD-SIGNS. 

.No., before .V™„. effect ...J... general-ly 

..V... establish .V. beneficial-ly ...A... especial-ly 

In the following lessons most of the vowels may be omitted in 
practicing the exercises, but for a time the vowels and diphthongs 
in accented syllables should be written. As the student becomes 
familiar with the outlines of words and with the principles of word- 
building, all words used frequently will be legible without vowels. 
"New and unusual words should be fully vocalized. Experience will 
soon show the student what vowels may be omitted. 



VOWELS INDICATED liV CONSONANT OUTLINE. 85 

READING EXERCISE. 



■\U-^ 



C 



-%: 



**\n. 



\. 



-./r 



.^i:..^.L 



( I. l/" 



X..S..A. 



y- E -~ -*-* \ 



r 



> 



j5K^.J9...W. 



-X 



K* 



:j. 



irf^ 



■y- -^ 









\ 



h 



-.y :* 






i. 



V/>.. 



£ S 



^-•-^-.•-,-•3-^.-'^:.-. 



86 



VOWELS INDICATED BY CONSONANT OUTLINE. 



WRITING EXERCISE 

estimation 

Susie 

Bowen 

caster 

days 

awoke 

jet 

linnet 

battery 

zinnia 

riot 

nutty 

The policy has-had-a beneficial effect on the-country. A new 
survey will establish-the boundaries of the estate. The veto of-the 
mayor was sustained by-a vote of-the council. A sanitary inspec- 
tor boards each vessel before it reaches-the city. We-desire to 
establish wide-awake agencies in-the States west of-the Missouri. 
Many pieces of ancient pottery and tapestry are on exhibition in-the 
art room. Reviews of especial excellence are expected to-appear 
in-this issue of "Science." The executor of-the estate asked us to- 
assist him in making-the necessary inventory. Several tons of zinc 
left in storage after-the shutting down of-the mine was seized by- 
the officers and sold to-pay-the various debts of-the firm. 



funny 


poem 


batter 


rascality 


astute 


ensues 


Zion 


water 


bounder 


assist 


oratory 


rift 


woke 


Jane 


Casey 


pastry 


lint 


gusto 


rivet 


beast 


awaken 


boundary 


ices 


zealous 



center 


Castro 


bestow 


Ryan 


Louise 


daisy 


fun 


lion 


watery 


nut 


case 


oasis 


diet 


rosy 


rose 


gust 


ossify 


peony 


jetty 


Duffy 


Jennie 


Bennie 


daisies 


Lucy 



R- AND L-HOOKS. 87 

LESSON XXVII. 
R- AND L-HOOKS. 

The R-Hook. — When the sound of r immediately follows another 
consonant and blends with it, r may be represented by a smallmitial 
hook on the left-hand side of upright straight stems, on the lower 
side of straight stems written to the right, and on the inside of curved 
stems. In reading an outline with an initial hook, read first any 
vowel which precedes the stem, next the stem, next the hook, and 
then any vowel which follows the stem; as .X. pray, ..]... draw, 

.s accrue, ...(^.. free, ...C.... through, .;.£=*_. afraid, ..v.. betray, 

..c^T'greatly, ..C. fritter. -I* 

The r-hook may also be used when an indistinct vowel occurs be- 
tween the sound represented by the stem and the sound of r, and 
such vowel may be omitted in writing the word in shorthand; as, 

. offer, A. upper, ...\^.. banner. 

The L-Hook. — When the sound of / immediately follows another 
consonant and blends with it, / may be represented by a small initial 
hook on the right-hand side of upright straight stems and on the 
upper side of straight stems written to the right; as, ._.„£. play, 
•St-., ably, ..' addle,' - ^^, clear, A.\ globe, ..c... thickly, \^ pearl, 
\ applied, ^... planter, '.....? clatter. 

0! 

On curved stems I is represented by a large initial hook; as, fly, 

£JU$ only, „\L flutter, ...... fleet. 

The 1-hook may also be used when an indistinct vowel occurs be- 
tween the sound represented by the stem and the sound of /, and 
such vowel may be omitted in writing the word in shorthand; as, 

(Jl\... label, , . . eagle, .."*. lawful, O .. evil. 



88 CIRCLES BEFORE INITIAL HOOKS. 

When used medially the r- and 1-hooks are sometimes modified in 
shape to allow the joining of other stems; as, ."y77. decryj 'h^z escrow, 
./^-. joker, .^<^tt4 regal, ."rrrf. needle. 

Occasionally two stems, the first ending with a hook and the second 
beginning with a hook, may be joined; as, .....lJrr£ mechanical, 
.' conical, /?./... ranger, .'CX round-trip. 



The final syllables -inghj may be represented by the stem NG with 
the 1-hook, when it joins conveniently with the preceding portion of 

the word; as, ...... <^>:... laughingly, ....... seemingly, wi: doubt- 

ingly. When, however, the 1-hook can not be used on account of 
the joining, -ingly should be represented by the stem NG and the 

downward L; as, .^... tauntingly, ...'..TTf!. cunningly. 

S-Circle before the L-Hook. — An s-circle may be written within the 
1-hook on either straight or curved stems when s is the initial sound; 

as, ...... satchel, .'!... settle, „.... sickle, ../\,.... splendors, ..Ql. civil, 

.±. social. * 

Circles and Loops before the R-Hook. — An s-circle may be written 
within the r-hook on curved stems when the sound of s is initial; as, 
JL.. suffer, ...... singer. 

The sound of s may be represented initially before a straight stem 
in connection with the r-hook by closing the r-hook and making a 

circle of it; as, ..]*.. stray, ...\_\. scrape, ^?. sacrifice, /a^. sup- 
pressed. The small loop and the large circle may be similarly placed 
on the r-hook side to include the sound of r, and are read before the 

stem; as, .*/... stager, stagger, ..Q.. sister. 

In the middle of an outline either the r-hook or the 1-hook may 
be joined after the small circle; as, .TT^o. express, rrre^r^exclaim, 



R- AM) L-HOOKS IN PHRASES. 89 



..._^o.. misplace, L.. display, 1. chemistry, .JTs^.. prosper. 

The form of both t he circle and the hook between stems musl some- 
times be modified to allow the second stem to be written at the prop- 



er angle; as, \.. explain, .'. massacre, ..>. . whisper. 

If the angle between two straight stems is such that the r-hook 
can not be joined after the s-circle, the sound of r may be indicated 
by writing the circle on the right-hand side of the first stem and be- 
ginning the second stem at the top of the circle; as, J. .. disagree, 

trr. discretion, ..^\. jasper, ./2ML listeners. 

In writing the syllable -scribe the r may be omitted; as, .' ,^I7V. sub- 

scribe, ....9^7\^. proscribe. 

Phrasing. — The r-hook may be joined to a stem or to the breves 
for how and who to add are, our or or; as, .A... they are, .jtv we are, 

in onr, in or to, on or about, .^7T\) on or before, 

.1 two or three, „._.. who are, how are you. 

^'The 1-hook may be joined to a stem or to the breves for I, of, he, 

and who to add all or icill; as, ..?... to all, on all, ..<*.. of all, 

A., they will, . mffm . who will, .1... I will, ...c. he will. 

In forming such phrases as in response, in receipt, etc., the syllable 
re- may sometimes be represented by the r-hook on the preceding 

stem; as, .. <z ^.. in response, ... .. in receipt, 

.1 

The phrase in order is written ... ... =.. and the phrase in reply is 

written . <Z1> ^\. 

WORD-SIGNS. 

<\ V_ 1 

...... practice ....:73^ practicable-y ... L !\. controversy 

.5Sy. principal-le hr^:. practical-ly .?\^. experience 



90 



R- AND L-HOOKS. 



READING EXERCISE. 



l^lsx^sj ^rn:.....N^^ /r...A^,.... i 



Y- 



•6 



<^J2 



-<b" 



c 



■?r~&-\ 



t <v 



L..\ 



"L, 



^ 



.ZZ.^../^.^...^...^.....^:..., 



i 



I O D 



X 






-vdp-:--r>*„- 



x. .^. ; .. Q ^. i . J 



.»..i.J.u ,.. ,b.if .....,.^...j....C.^ Jl^^. 



t- 



...fS. 



»-4* 



^-"^-t 



r 



<^"5- Tgj,\r3i 



b 



<^ 



°\> 



£2i. 



A- x .^ 










R- AND 


L-HOOK8. - 


yi 






WRITING 


EXERCISE. 




pry 


otter 


incline 


saddle 


crafty 


supply 


deceitful 


honor 


disagreeable 


trained 


noble 


apply 


cistern 


sacrament 


flint 


clay 


approve 


supple 


manner 


on our 


grim 


throne 


reply 


legal 


you are 


crown 


drift 


spry 


summer 


in all 


savor 


scrap 


float 


doubtful 


at all 


stroke 


skipper 


dinner 


liquor 


of all the 


favor 


freight 


disclaim 


straw 


of all your 


acre 


author 


stacker 


sooner 


we are in receipt 


local 


spiteful 


physical 


trim 


in receipt of 


glean 


greatest 


astray 


blame 


in order that 


froze 


usher 


lovingly 


cliff 


on or about the 



Iu-response to-your invitation I-will speak at-the unveiling of- 
the monument. The proposed plan is practicable and-will-be 
adopted by-all our agencies this spring. The enemy threatens to 
plant- its flag on-our batteries, and we-must strengthen our out- 
posts. If-all agree it-will-be-an easy matter to-draw-the papers 
and-have them signed on-the same day. We-are making practical 
tests of-ali-the samples submitted and shall select the one proving 
most satisfactory. The dikes are strong enough to-restrain-the 
Stream if-the water does-not rise beyond-the point reached last 
spring. He-has-had two-or-three years' experience in-the practice 
of law at Fremont, and-is-now opening-an office at-this-place. The 
controversy has-been settled by payment of-the principal, and-the 
suit has-been dismissed at-the cost of-the defendant. 



92 INTERVENING VOWELS. 

LESSON XXVIII. 
INTERVENING VOWELS. 

"When a distinct vowel intervenes between the preceding consonant 
and the sound of r or /, the stem R or L is generally used instead of 

the hook; as, .bx. dare, ..X^----- poor, ..X. pail, tzz. kill. 

The outlines of many words" may be shortened by the use of initial 
hooks, even where a distinct vowel intervenes between the con- 
sonants represented by the stem and by the initial hook. To ex- 
press this intervening vowel a special method of vocalization is pro- 
vided. 

Dash Vowels intervening between the stem and the hook are 
represented by the ordinary signs, first-position vowels being written 
across and before the initial hook, second-position vowels across the 
middle of the stem, and third-position vowels across the stem near 

the end or beyond the end of the stem; as, ...'.. college, nor- 

'^-> 2 > 

mal, volume, ^ y ... journal, cAf...... rolling, .^-3. culture, 

...n. sure, .^ rule, schools, .r\ fullness, ...L. -fur- 

thermore. 

Diphthongs intervening between the stem and the hook are rep- 
resented by the ordinary signs, first-position diphthongs being writ- 
ten across and before the initial hook, and the third-position diph- 
thong across the stem near the end or beyond the end of the stem; 
1 ™;wv u;™ ^-^ 



as, ...A. wire, .._.. hire, ...... asylum, .\ empire, .^^1 endure, 

4 ... figure. 

Heavy Dot Vowels intervening between the stem and the hook 
are represented by a small circle placed before the stem in the proper 



vowel position; as, .?. carbon, ..\-. sharpen, _S.. -marble, 



INTERVENING VOWELS. 93 

.Stt? darken, c£^. rail, ."£.. Yale, V J:. reel, irN „ mere, „£. cheering, 

.J... cheerful. 

Light Dot Vowels intervening between the stem and the hook 
arc represented by a small circle written after the stem in the prop- 
er vowel position; as, .\^. chairman, galvanic, .J/9, shell, 

..r... till. 

Occasionally when the junction of two stems prevents the placing 
of the intervening vowel before or after the stem, or when another 
vowel occupies the position assigned to the intervening vowel, the 
circle representing the vowel may be placed on the other side of the 
stem, since in either case it is read between the stem and the hook; 
as, .^7... engineer, .5^ _ _^.. pilgrim. 

Intervening Vowels Used with Double -Lengths. — Occasionally 
when the final syllable of a word represented by a double-length is 
-ture or -tire, the diphthong may be written according to the rule 
for intervening vocalization given above; as, ..X furniture, 

mature, ..J..... jointure, entire. 

When to Use the Hook and Intervening Vowel. — It is not prac- 
ticable to give rules covering every case of the use of intervening 
vowels, but the following general rules will assist in determining 
their use in the majority of cases: 

There are certain consonants which can not be followed immedi- 
ately by the sound of r or I, a vowel always occurring after such con- 
sonants and before the sound of r or I. With such consonants the 
hook and intervening vowel may be freely used; as, yrrrr^T: telegram, 

.T^?.. value, shawl, ^+>. more, ..J., war, ...}.. wear, tLr. yolk, 

York, . <ZI o r near, . s . .' harmony, miles,. 

The hook and intervening vowel may generally be used initially 
in writing a word consisting of two or more syllables, provided the 



94 



INTERVENING VOWELS. 



outline thus formed contains at least two stems, unless better angles 
can be secured by the use of the stem R or L; as, .\^.. delicate, 

L-... direct, :!■„... calamity, Jkr^ip. termination, ..k^cv... versify, 

..x. „._.__•. thermometer, ..^TTT 5 . paragraph, cs£y.. relish, \ morn- 
ing, .kl..S. tolerable. 

As the downward R does not form an angle when written after 
K or G-, the sound of r after K or G is usually represented by the 

hook; as, . c ...^ cure, ark?, course, .!.... care, ... 6 ., car, ° character, 

garment, Arh? occurs, .rfr.. court, ..<T.... regard, ../.. courage, 

S7±x^y. colonel. 

Hooks may be used in the middle of an outline to prevent its ex- 
tending too far below the line, or to reduce t he n umber of stems if 
the outline is long; as, .:Sg.... impulsive, .^wgrumbling, 

departure, ^rrT^pocalculation. 



4- 



belong 

„S^. belief-ve 



WORD-SIGNS. 
1 

..... Dr. (doctor) 
.1.. during 



P.. deliver 
.£... difficulty 



A.U-tt 



READING EXERCISE. 



^ 



h 



^. T _. :H .^..^..;.... V , \..^ 

^z..^ : /,.....i..zx..^...^:..^.i 



^JLsJ. 



su 



■> 



..a- 






no 



INTERVENING VOWELS. 

3 i » 



95 









L».^ - 



-V 






/ 



i. 



% 



T 



4 



j.-,. 



^t" 1 



Write and insert the 
j^tz... coal ...I.... 

....-J.... shore 

....x^... warble ..£... 

column 

_L^. work ..C.... 






■n- 



intervening vowels in the following words: 



tell > warn .SZ ^ Wilkins 

charm ._V.„. valve calcimine 

full k^IZ.. relic ..L^... director 



call ....J... 
learn &^J. 



shear 



railway 



k 



delegation 

burlap 

Vermont 

Thurman 

mill 

perplex 

culture 

Moreland 

torment 

core 

repulsive 



hire 

churn 

Carthage 

delicacy 

burly 

ferment 

zeal 

Germany 

Mildred 

fulness 

garland 



WRITING EXERCISE 

pervade 

cartoon 

darling 

court 

nearness 

measure 

garment 

carnation 

purchaser 

culmination 

darkness 



burglar 

politics 

Melvin 

Harper 

Fulton 

Carlisle 

Hartland 

Carmichael 

merely 

carpet 

telescope 



mark 
durable 



columbine 

dormant 

toleration 

cartage 

burlesque 

perfidy 

carving 

volcano 

galvanize 

vulgar 

village 



96 W- AND T-HOOKS. 

LESSON XXIX. 
W- AND Y-HOOKS. 

The W-Hook. — A large initial hook on the right-hand side of up- 
right straight stems and on the upper side of straight stems written 
to the right represents the sound of w. The hook is- read immedi- 

P v ^1 . Si. 

ately after the stem; as, .?.... twine, ...A. quiet, u. quotation, 

c_^ equator, <™^._. esquire, SrzT^f quarrel, .. cy . quit, ..V.;... be- 
twixt, \X- twirl, 5ipr. equal, .^_p~ acquaintance. 

The s-circle may be written within the w-hook; as, I. square, 

c?.,-5 sequence, £k=5 sequester. 

The Y-Hook. — (Used only in phrasing to add you or your) A 
large initial hook on the left-hand side of upright straight stems and 
on the lower side of straight stems written to the right may be used 

to add you or your; as, ...J. can you tell, .CT^.. can you speak, 

.Q... did you have, C\ did you call, „v^„. had you been. This 

hook is used where the second stem will not join conveniently after 
the breve for you. 

W-Hook on Upward L. — A large initial hook may be written on 
upward L to represent the sound of w, and is the only hook which 
is read before the stem to which it is attached. When an outline 
contains the w-hook on an upward L the sound of w is read first, 
then the vowel before the stem, and then the stem; as, .0.... well, 
.6.x, wealth, .k.-S*^.-. welfare, J7... weld, C... welded, ./Tl: wielded, 

-.£..... Walter. 

This hook will not conflict with the 1-hook, which is rarely used 
on upward L. 



W-nOOK IX PHRASING. 07 

The two methods of expressing vol (the stem W with the 1-hook, 
and the w-hook on the upward L) make it possible to give different 
forms to many words which would otherwise have the same outline. 

W-Hook in Phrasing. — The w-hook may be used to add the word 

ice to words represented by straight stems; as, Jt can we tell, 

. could we have, . ( r^*.. are we sure, ^.'... are we not. This 

hook is used where the second stem will not join conveniently after 

the breve for we. 

Was may be added to words represented by straight stems by the 
w-hook and the final s-circle; as, ..p.. .it w T as, ..p.. each" was. 

One may be added to words represented by straight stems by the 
w-hook and the n-hook; as, ...... at one, ..^.. by one. The phrase 

at once is written A... 



The w-hook on upward L is used in the formation of the following 
phrases: ./T.. we will, .U... when will, .„... we all, what will. 

"Time" in Phrasing. — The word time when standing alone is rep- 
resented by a word-sign, When it follows another word in a 

phrase, however, the sound of t is represented either by the stem T 

or by making the preceding stem half-length; as, L at this time, 

on time, --^-- at the present time, .cry^r>.. some time, 



£0— at the same time. In a few phrases, when the first stem is 
made half-length to add the, the word-sign for time may be joined; 

as, at the time, to the time, all the time. 

1? — > 



WORD-SIGNS 



from, time .„^_. Mr. (mister) „7 qualify 

member ..C^-.. question quarter 



98 



W- AND Y-HOOES. 



READING EXERCISE. 



.■ft.LsSsi 



4.. 1 ,.^.--^-|, T - <3 ^-->s^---^-^--i.-..-.2L„--J- T --^ 



£K...LXJ 



v-jv- ^-V : v-- 

* .' ^-W.r.' 



\i- 



■«r- 



L 



Vp 



€E 







'.V-^--- v ^C 



WRITING EXERCISE 



quaff 

twister 

walrus 

aqueduct 

inquiry 

quitting 

squirm 

twitch 

Gwyn 

queen 

twinge 



wilt 

dwarf 

squire 

bequeath 

quilt 

twill 

require 

Welch 

quota 

quell 

Dwight 



squatter 

esquire 

twain 

Gwendolin 

adequate 

quiz 

Wei don 

quiet 

quinine 

tweak 

Dwyer 



twinkle 

bequest 

quoit 

walnut 

qualms 

Quinn 

twitter 

dwindle 

quit 

twilight 

welter 



twixt 

twins 

quantity 

squeal 

did you 

had we seen you 

had you sent us 

did you claim 

had we placed 

can we speak 

could we not 



DIAGRAMS OF ALL HOOKS. 



99 



WRITING EXERCISE. 

Dear-Sir: 

Your-letter in-regard to-the office-of State representative is 
received. The vacancy was filled about-a week ago by-the appoint- 
ment of Mr. Thomas Orcutt, at-one-time a-meinber-of-the local force 
at Quincy and-recently employed on special work in-the Chicago 
office. From what-we-know-of Mr. Qrcutt we-have-no-doubt this 
appointment will prove-a good one, as he-is acquainted with every 
detail of-our business. It-is our policy to-fill vacancies by promotion 
of-men in-our employ when-this can-be-done. At-the-same-time 
we-are-glad to-get good men from outside into our service. Can- 
we-not induce }'ou to accept a-local office with-the understanding 
that-you-will-be promoted at-the first opportunity? We-have a 
good place vacant at-the-present-time. 

Very-truly-yours, 



The following diagrams will show the location of the various 
hooks on both straight and curved stems, and will be found conve- 
nient for study and reference. It should be borne in mind that all 
the hooks shown in the diagrams, except the w-hook on upward L, 
are read after the stems to which they are joined. 



f^\ 



v^y 




100 



WORDS OUT OF POSITION. 



LESSON XXX. 
WORDS OUT OF POSITION, 

Certain word-signs and word outlines are written out of position, 
to distinguish them from other words represented by similar outlines. 
The following list shows these word-signs and word outlines, also the 
words of similar form from which they are distinguished. Vowels 
are omitted for the reason that the words are of frequent occurrence 
and the student should become familiar with them in unvocalized 
form. 



WORD-SIGNS OUT OF POSITION. 



f 



j 



/ 



or _„_ he, him 
,_... of 

1.... truth 



.^-... were 
^^... where 

../.... which 



.srrs>... most 
..6..... well 



/ ... advantage to distinguish from .......... large 

almost 

already 

altogether 

for 

gentleman 



-rr?.. again 
S^... after 
J... gentlemen 



.^^... me 

I, have 

.A.... true 

are 

..^... were 
.../.... each 



WORDS OUT OF POSITION. 



101 



WORD-OUTLINES OUT OF POSITION, 



v 

..v^... absolute to distinguish from „..?..... obsolete 
another " " " ..-*. <. no other 



( 



L 



- any 

.. do 

>. equality 

.. found 

- g° 

.. held 
.. other 
.. over 

.. own 



no 
did 



quality 



k= 



find 
^^.. come 
.<?>-... hold 
..(.... their 
.S^.. very 
.-^■.. know 



.q-,-.. send " 

.{.... their, there " 



.**>-.. sent 

r 



at all 



In addition to those given above there are certain words of two or 
more syllables which are written in the position indicated by the 
secondary accent instead of in the position of the accented vowel, to 
distinguish them from other words of the same outlines. These will 
be given under the heading "Words Distinguished." 

Writing Figures. — When figures occur in shorthand matter the 
ordinary numerals may be used for 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, and 9. As the 
numerals 1 and 6. closely resemble shorthand outlines it is unsafe 
to use them when standing alone, and the shorthand forms for these 
figures should be used; thus, .„j!L one, „.. H six. Ten is more quick- 
ly written in shorthand than with figures, and may be used if pre- 
ferred. If written in shorthand it will be found to phrase conve- 



102 WRITING FIGURES. 

niently with many words; as, .J'., ten days, 1'.... ten times, .A'... ten 

tons. When an amount consists of two or more figures, it is safe to 
use the numerals. When figures represent even thousands or mil- 
lions, the shorthand outline may be used for the word thousand or 

million; as, lU..j^. fourteen thousand, JLfJL... two hundred seventy- 
three thousand, 3L.^z two million. 

Dollars and Cents. — In writing dollars and cents, the figures rep- 
resenting dollars may be written on the line and those representing 
cents above, and the words dollars and cents may be omitted; thus, 
JL.4 twenty-four dollars and twenty-eight cents. When, how- 
ever, an amount represents either dollars or cents alone, the fig- 
ures should be written on the line and the word dollars or cents 
written in shorthand; as, .y.Z.!?.. seventy-two dollars, j£.^±. eigh- 
teen thousand dollars, 2S..sC?. twenty-five cents, .£.sc&. seven cents. 

Figures Used in Phrasing. — Such phrases as eleven or twelve, fif- 
teen or twenty, etc., may be written by placing the second figure in the 

/ 3s 2,0 

first position; thus, .u eleven or twelve, .IS. fifteen or twenty. 

Such phrases as jive to ten, fifty to sixty, etc., may be written by 

placing the second figure in the fourth position; thus, .S. five to 

ten, JLQ...J-... fifty to sixty. Convenient shorthand outlines have 

bO 

been provided for a number of the more common phrases in which 
figures are used; as, ..%.. two or three, ~(VU three or four, 



. ^■■X - six or seven, .. .^ j.. six or eight, fko.*.. eight or ten, 
$^..il. nine or ten. 

In the phrase one or two (written „j3L*~ ) the stem is used for », 

for the reason that a good outline for the remainder of the phrase 
could not be formed if the hook were used. In the phrase^ve or six 



WORDS OUT OF POSITION*. 103 



(written ) a large hook is used on the stem F to add v, al- 
though it is not ordinarily so used. 






READING EXERCISE. 

:i.«.£. e .....<i.:..^,rt.^..,^..^..^.^.l^. 



A^ 7W i Y £.^_t.^ 



.?^. ; ^^.. v .s^^..<...^...i---,..>rnl.. / ^?. J. :.o 

' WRITING EXERCISE. 

Dear-Sir: 

I-have received-your-letter-of recent-date in-regard to-the farm 
which I-own eight miles north-of-the city. 

When I-bought the farm almost a-year-ago I-found that-the lease 
was held by^a gentleman who had-not-been accustomed to-farm life, 
with-the result that both-the land and-the improvements were badly 
run down. He holds a-lease for next year and pays his rent, so I- 
can-do nothing unless he vacates from choice. I-have already writ- 
ten to-see if-he can-be induced to-vacate at-the end-of-the winter.. 
I-can-do nothing until I-have his absolute promise. The truth is, 
it-will-be to-my advantage to-make altogether different arrangements 
another season. 

I-should like-to-have-you go over and see-the farm. I-send-you 



104 WORDS OUT OF POSITION. 

sketch which shows where you-should leave-the main road to-reach- 
the Baker & Smith farm. Their land lies just south of-mine. 

If-I rent-the farm to-you I-will let-you have it at-a low rental the 
first year without making any improvements On-it. If I-find you- 
are-the right sort of-a tenant I-will put-the place in-good repair the 
second year. I-should like-to-have-it once more on-an equality with 
farms in-that locality. If-the place pleases you I-am-sure there 
will-be no difficulty in making satisfactory terms. 

Yours- very-truly, 
West & Leslie, 

Grand-Rapids, Michigan. 
Gentlemen: 

On checking over-the case-of goods received from-you today we- 
found you-had sent-us 12 gross of Faber pencils instead-of 10 gross, 
and-that you-had failed altogether to-send-us-the blue pencils called 
for in-our order. AVe-do-not need any-of-the blue pencils now and- 
will include them in-our next order. As-there-is some difference 
in-the price of-these two pencils, please send-us-a new bill. 

Very-truly, 
Mr. Thomas Goodrich, 

Lincoln, Nebraska. 
Dear-Sir: 

Your-letter asking for-the agency of-the "Sunbeam" lamp for- 
the State-of-Nebraska came duly to-hand. Other parties have al- 
ready applied for-this agency, and we-were about to-make-the ap- 
pointment when-we found there-was some trouble over another 
agency which they held. It-seems they own stock in-the "Search- 
light" lamp, ancl-although this lamp is almost out-of-the field we- 
do-not-feel like letting them have-the agency for ours. Please 
write us stating where you- would expect to establish -the main 
agency; also what experience, if any, you-have-had in-this line of 
business. We-should also like to know how-often you-woulcl-be- 
able-to go over the state. We-find it-is-a-great advantage to-have-a 
State agent who can reach every large town about twice a-year. 

Truly-yours, 



INITIAL AND FINAL CURLS. 105 

LESSOX XXXI. 
INITIAL AND FINAL CURLS. 

The Initial Curl. — Before an s-circle, where a preceding stem N 
would require the circle to be made with a backward turn, the syl- 
lables in-, en-, and un- are represented by an initial curl; as, A*., in- 
sulation, ... Vptv-P. unceremonious, ?&. inspiration, ^J.... unsociable, 
jk.S^... enslave, unscrew, _UL2 instruction. 

The initial curl may also be used within a large initial hook; as, 
-Sr^.. inflection, ...L^... envelope, ...^.. invalidity, ..p.. untwist. 
Before K with the w-hook, however, -l-the stem N is used; as, 

inquire, <1> — inquisition, '.'.. unquiet. 

The Final Curl. — The sound of n may be added after the small 
final circle or the large loop by a curl made on the opposite side of 
the stem from such circle or loop; as, .^p. basin, .A?, chosen, 
.<^r mason, .Ji Wisconsin, ..Jo. western, ,„r__ pastern. 

After the small loop the curl is used to add n only in the case of 
proper nouns; as, .._h>. Preston, .5\-. Princeton, .J... Dision. 

The curl may be used to add n after a circle within a final hook; 
as, ...V Peterson, .^rrr§... Henderson. 

The curl may be used after either the small or large loop (but not 
after the circle) to add the syllable -ing; as, .</■?. resting, __:}_. as- 

• ■ ^~\ • • y r~ • • <^ » 

sisting, „„Ha„ investing, /:....:... requesting, ^^>. mustering, ./r... fos- 
tering, ..^ blustering. 

The s-circle may be added after the n-curl; as, .)...'..... moccasins, 

.<&.. dozens, ...>. persons, castings. 

The n-curl may be used medially; as, .<^/.... masonry, ar- 
senic^ ..../.. messenger. 



106 THE ISHUN-CURL. 

Occasionally when the stem NG will not make a convenient join- 
ing after a hook, a curl may be joined directly to the hook even 
though no circle intervenes, to add the syllable -ing; as, ..^A roof- 
ing, X^:.. apportioning, <x_ referring, \j>.. pensioning. 

The Ishun-Curl. — The syllables -sition, -sation, -session, -sician, 
etc., are represented by a small circle followed by a curl or hook similar 
in size and form to the shun-hook; as, ..\^ position, La. taxation, 

.1... decision, .^ 3> . musician, .^.. physician, .^ 5>. intercession. 

In such outlines there is no place for the insertion of the vowel which 
follows the s, and it is omitted. 

As the syllable -ter following the sound of s is represented by the 
large loop, the ishun-curl may be reversed and written on the n- 
hook side of the stem to indicate that the sound of n precedes the 
s; as, .cL dispensation, ._T.. transition. 

A stem may be added after the ishun-curl; as, .si2. sensational, 
..^q>_. processional, .JX..~ transitional. 

Shun-Hook after Y-Breve.— The final syllables -nation may be 
represented by combining the y-breve and the shun-hook; as, 
..V*0.. valuation, .^J&jb. insinuation, rr^o. infatuation. 

Phrasing. — The initial n-curl may be used to represent the word 
in; as, 37^Q. in some cases, .&.. in full, .&=-. in question. 

The final n-curl may be used to add the word than; as, .u... less 
than, „!&. worse than, faster than. 

A small hook may be made inside the ter-hook to add than, own, 

v. • ■/? \ 

or been; as, ..A better than, ...... rather than, ...V.. by their own, 

J:... had there been. 

When the v-hook is used on either a straight or a curved stem to 
represent have, the word been may be added by a small hook inside 



INITIAL AND FINAL CURLS. 107 

the v-hook; as, . .. y could have been, ..J., which have been, 
-U. to have been, .<$>.. may have been, .^.. should have been, 
..-^ ; we have been, .£.. you have been, ..fe. they have been. 



careful 



WORD-SIGNS. 

- correct 



-. financial-ly 

county c collect ./\^ respectful-lv 



READING EXERCISE. 



hx^,,.^/C. i ^. v h...^. 6 .k,..^l..^:. 



Lb* 



"v^ ^~\ 






i 



XL 



.^.. s ./...,^..^.,.^.^...^....,....^. x _.. Y ..^i/..k^. 









■D 



fe-H.— „$Mt 



t 



:K 



.k?J Jfl. 



..^. 



i- ( ,t-\ 






4^ 



s 



~^1 \.,.<k,...:...L.\,.^2. 



%;■ 



^ 



^K^^ 









c 



.o.._.^ 



Z..^^../^.^..-. - .^-,j,x 



•£*•££ 



108 



INITIAL AND FINAL CUELS. 





WRITING EXERCISE. 




insult 


inscrutable 


entwine 


fasten 


instructive 


chasten 


unsurmounted 


unseemly 


enslavement insulator 


untwisting 


inspire 


Ritterson 


coasting 


nesting 


unfledged 


inflame 


blistering 


possession 


roughing 


insomnia 


accentuation 


precision 


requisition 


trusting 


unstrung 


mizzenmast 


listen 


attenuation 


reason 


inflated 


interposition 


insuperable 


Lenderson 


unflinching 


dusting 


raisins 


Cranston 


insolent 


to their own 


insatiable 


risen 


invalidation 


infliction 


greater than 


lessen 


cousins 


poison 


arisen 


brighter than 


vexation 


insecurity 


resting 


mentioning 


can have been 


serving 


influx 


influenza 


inspirited 


shall have been 


instruction 


instrument 


Anderson 


Dawson 


in full payment 



Dear-Sir: 

Referring to-your recent inquiry as-to-the method-of raising rev- 
enue in-our city, I-will state that-all revenue for-the-use-of-the city 
is raised by direct taxation. All license moneys and police-court 
fines go to-the school-fund. Under-the law passed by-the last legis- 
lature a tax department has-been created with-an official whose duty 
it-is to-make-the tax lists and fix valuations. The tax lists are then 
reviewed and-amended by-the board-of equalization and-the assess- 
ment is made on-the basis of-the valuation so decided on . The re- 
sults of-this-year show that-the city saves many-times-the expense 
of-this department in-the bringing to-light and»listing of both real 
and personal estates. When-the city lists were copied from-the 
county assessment rolls of-the preceding year, unscrupulous persons 
sometimes wholly escaped taxation. 

I-enclose-a sample page of-our tax list, whioh in-some-respects is 
better-than any I-have-seen used by-other cities. 

Mr. Manderson, of-the tax department, will answer any further 
inquiries you-desire to-make. 

Respectfully, 



PREFIXES. 109 



LESSOX XXXII. 
PREFIXES. 

"Com-" and "Con-" are generally represented initially by omitting 
the syllable com- or con- and placing the remainder of the word close 
to the preceding word; as, .('.s^p.. they commence, ./_\^ t . this com- 
pany, \-V^ if convenient. When for any reason words can not be 
written in proximity to indicate the omitted syllable, as at the be- 
ginning of a sentence or line, the syllable may be represented by a 
dot directly in line with the beginning of the stem; as, '.T±l- con- 
nected,:^^?, communication,, i. commissioner,.^-, compensation. 

The syllables com, con, cum, and cog may be represented medially 
by omitting the syllable, disjoining the two parts pf the word and 

writing them close together; as, <^i.. recommend, ..?:?... unconscious, 
.y^x. reconsider, ... .\.. encumbrance, ,/<L^? recognize. 

A few words of frequent occurrence containing the syllable con 
or cum medially are written with the two parts joined; as, .„£, in- 



consistent, .%... inconsiderable, <^\^y.... circumference, ..^yx - 7>. cir- 

cumlocutionS 

In a few words the syllables accom are represented by the stem K, 

the remainder of the outline being sometimes joined and sometimes 

— \ ~~V — \ 
disjoined; as, .....J... accomplish, ;?. accomplice, X_^,. accom- 



pany,.." 1 .! accommodate, ...."b. accommodation, 
panied. 

The straight breve word-signs, except those which retain position 
when used initially, may be written across the beginning of a stem 
to indicate that the syllable con- or com- follows such breve word- 



110 



PREFIXES. 



sign; as, ..?... a constitution, {.£:'... I congratulate, %. ^ of consider- 
able, ..A^.. the complainant, .u^Q. he commences, V... a contract. 

Cog- at the beginning of a word is written in full; as, * cog- 
nate, '. .'... cognizant, H ■ .- s_^r^ cognomen. 

Con- at the beginning of a word, followed by the sound of t, is 

sometimes written in full; as, .....'... continent, .pjjp. contention, 

H? r^o ~ ... 

...... contest, - contents. Concession is written .prj). 



"Magna-," "Magne-," and "Magni-" are represented initially by 
the stem M detached and written over the remaining part of the word; 

as,'.J^l... magnificent, ..?T?7>... magnetism, '....magnanimous, 

...T7\ magnesia, J> magnitude. 

"Self-" is represented by a small circle on the line, the remainder 
of the word being written close to the circle and in its own position; 



as, jaSci.. self-possession, .oy/*\^=.. self-respect, .a. . self-sufficient. 
The word selfish and its derivatives are written with the remain- 
der of the word joined to the circle, the circle retaining its position 
on the line; as, ...a. selfish, ..&.. unselfish, ...y__ unselfishness. 

When the syllable com or con follows the prefix self- the syllable 
con may generally be omitted; as, .of., self-conceit, .o.^... ... self- 
conviction, .qNd.. self-composed. 

"With-" is represented initially by the stem DH joined to the re- 
mainder of the outline and written in the position of the accented 

vowel of the word; as, ..XI" withdraw, ./... withdrew, _.rh. withhold, 
..Lfl. withstand. •- 

"Fore-" may be represented initially by the stem F disjoined and 
written close to the remaining part of the word. The prefix has no 
position of its own, being generally written slightly lower than the 



PREFIXES. Ill 

stem it precedes: as, ..\^.. foreknow, „i.___... foreknew, ._uf_. fore- 
tell. \r'.!... foreshadow. 

Some words containing the prefix fore- are written in full, the first 
syllable being represented either by the stem F and the downward 

R, or by the stem F with the r-hook; as, .....SC^. foremost, 

.__>£_. forego, ..• y... r( . foreclose, ...jfa., forefathers. 

i ^° 

"For-" is represented by the stem F joined to the remainder of the 

word, except where the following stem does not make a go od join- 
ing; as, ..^.. forbid, ..Ldju forsake, ..^L... forbear, v. forgot- 
ten, \ f orgive, .i^r- forget. ' 

"In-" and "Un-" when used to form the negatives of words be- 
ginning with the sound of n are represented by prefixing the stem N 

/- — ' 1 V ^^_^ J 

to the form of the positive; as, ._ noxious, ^innoxious; 

•X^.... natural, jrrr^r^.. unnatural; ..}.h- noticed, }A unnoticed; 

.^£yf.'. necessary, >^^S^f... unnecessary. 

"Im-" when used to form the negatives of words beginning with 
the sound of m is represented by prefixing the stem M to the posi- 
tive form; as, ....-.*.. moderate, .......v.. - . immoderate; ...... modest, 

immodest; }fz.... mortal, .C~^..„. immortal. 

"H-" when used to form the negatives of words beginning with 
upward L is represented by the 1-hook; as, .^5rr legal, /prrr. ille- 
gal; If/.... legible, .CJ.... illegible; hL^.. logical, ...rjL^ illogical. 

"Ir-" when used to form the negatives of words beginning with 



upward R is represented by the r-hook; as, <&.... resolute, .*£... ir- 
resolute; .ZTV^.. respective, .^S^... irrespective; ..„.?:. .^ recon- 

cilable, .ei b ..->.. irreconcilable. 



112 



WORD-SIGNS. 




WRITING EXERCISE. 



condescend 

withdrawal 

foretold 

irreparable 

magnificence 

accomplished 

foreknown 

innumerable 

illicit 

self-contained 

recommend 



convinced 

selfishness 

immutable 

irrepressible 

illegitimate 

unnerved 

magnifier 

illegible 

forecast 

self-convicted 

immovable 



cognize 

forbade 

unenviable 

cognation 

magnificently 

self-sustained 

irredeemable 

withstand 

uncomplaining 

magnetic 

accompaniment 



foreclosure 

self-satisfied 

self-condemned 

accompanyist 

irresistible 

immobile 

the complaint 

I control 

and contracted 

he concluded 

a composition 



SUFFIXES. 113 

WRITING EXERCISE. 

Messrs. Converse ^-Company, 

Concordia, Kansas. 
Gentlemen: 

Your-letter asking my judgment as-to-the legality of-the contract 
for-the construction of-a grain elevator is at-hand. I-have exam- 
ined it, and-although not cognizant of-all-the facts in-the-case, I-am- 
of-the-opinion that-it-is incomplete, illegal, and inconsistent, and-that 
it-would-not-be binding on-the parties. Although it contains many 
unnecessary provisions, certain desirable features have-been omitted. 
I-advise that as-a-matter-of self-protection you withhold-your ap- 
proval and insist upon-a new contract being executed. As you-say, 
the law does-not magnify minor points in-this-class-of instruments, 
but rather seeks to enforce the evident intent of-the parties. It- 
is of-course possible that if-this agreement were executed in-good 
faith the courts would sustain it, but since no inconvenience will-be 
occasioned by-the delay, you-should take-the precaution named. 
You-can-not foretell what complications may arise. I-enclose draft 
of-a contract which I recommend for-your consideration. It-would- 
be immeasurably better to-make-the change now than to-run-the 
risk of-a legal contest. 

Respectfully, 



LESSON XXXIII. 

SUFFIXES. 

"-Mentality," and "-mental-ly," used as suffixes, are represent- 
ed by a half-length M with the n-hook, disjoined and written after 
the preceding part of the word. The outlines of all words ending 
with -mentality are written in the first position, and the disjoined 

suffix is also written in the first position; as, ........ instrumentality, 

sentimentality, fundamentally. 



114 SUFFIXES. 

The outlines of words ending with -mental or -mentally are writ- 
ten in the position of the part of the word which precedes the suf- 
fix, even though the accent is on a syllable of the suffix, and the dis- 
joined suffix is written on the line; as, .Sj!>a. instrumental, .L<r&.. ele- 
mental, .'....<?. sacramental, 7Z?^Lo experimental, ..qv.« sentimental. 

"-Ble" and "-bly" are represented wherever possible by the stem 
B and the 1-hook. When, however, this will not join with the pre- 
ceding part of the outline the syllables -ble and -bly may be repre- 
sented by the stem B without the hook; as, .%.. unwarrantable, 

..Vr^S^. invaluable, .IL^.. admissible, ..TTTSw.. sensibly, ..^. assign- 
able. Occasionally it will be found best to represent the syllable in 
full by adding the stem L; as, !tlTL..\. inaccessible, ^Z!Sl.. inac- 
cessibly. 

"-Bleness" is represented by a detached stem B with the final 
s-circle; as, .-,.. _v agreeableness, SLA.S^. variableness, -^-V- un_ 
suitableness, ..^-\^.. reasonableness. 

"-Fulness" is represented by a detached stem F with the final 



s-circle; as, .._^y. powerfulness, °...^q. carefulness, ...^ artfulness, 

i... fruitfulness. 

"-Iveness" is represented by a detached stem V with the final 
s-circle; as, .^. attractiveness, .„i^.. pensiveness, ..r&SL^. per- 
suasiveness, ...S#... massiveness. 

"-Lessness" is represented by a detached stem L with the final 
s-circle; as, ...^ . fearlessness, .^.C. endlessness, ..„/-. bound- 
lessness, S.....C. carelessness. 

"-Ology" is represented by the stem J, generally attached to the 
preceding part of the word, but occasionally disjoined; as, ../'.. the- 
ology, .y.. mythology, ..)?..... physiology, ...b^L. archaeology, 



SUFFIXES. 115 

. ornithology, ..'... osteology, ..:... ontology. This termination 
is 'sometimes written in full when it joins conveniently with the pre- 
ceding stem; as, .!C:./-. etymology, LA... zoology, ^£C?f* neurology. 

"-Self" is represented by the final s-circle, either attached or dis- 
joined, or it may be written in full when it makes a good joining; 

as, ..L« J™k. itself, ..£..<» vr^.. yourself, «*.^k ourself, .zkJS- him- 
self, <zf.^.... myself. 

"-Selves" is represented by the large circle attached to the pre- 
ceding stem; as, Jo., themselves, ourselves. Yourselves may 

be represented by the stem Y with the large circle either attached 
or disjoined; thus, ..a., or .£.&. yourselves. 

"-Ship," when used as a suffix, is represented by the stem SH. 
If the preceding part of the word consists of a single stem, such 
stem is written m the position of the accented vowel and the SH is 
disjoined and written so that the middle of the stem is opposite the 

end of the preceding stem; as, .&JL.. friendship, ... steward- 

ship, .s±i- courtship, >...... lordship, ....... hardship. 

If the preceding part of the word consists of two or more stems, 
SH is joined; as, ..„L-rr^. workmanship, . ..i.e. : .. executorship, 
..srd. partnership. 

The word township is written in full; thus, .Jr.... township. 

Derivatives from the noun or the verb ship do not follow this 

'V\ 

rule, but are written in full; as, ;... warship, 

.!rr?_. unship, ..^Cj... reship. 

"-With" is represented by the stem DH joined to the preceding 
stem; as, si/±. forthwith, ...L... therewith. With occurring medi- 
ally is also represented by the stem DH; as, ^v[. wherewithal. 



116 SUFFIXES. 

"-Worthy" is represented by the breve-w and the stem DH joined 
to the preceding stem; as, ....V. praiseworthy, Vrrr>.. blameworthy, 
..y^. noteworthy, ...A. unworthy. 

"-Ever" is represented by the v-hook on straight stems and on 
straight breves which are written downward; as, ..It., whichever, 

</... wherever, .... whoever, however. Ever is joined to curved 

stems and semicircular breves by the stem V; as, ..S^... forever, 
V^. whatever, ..c... whenever. 

-Soever is represented by the s-circle and the stem V; as, ... who- 
soever, ..v.. howsoever, ..r>^ whithersoever, ..J., whichsoever, 

x ^ 

/S*- wheresoever. When the preceding part of the word ends with 
a circle, the stem S with the large final hook is used; as, . whose- 
soever, ...^.. whencesoever. ^ 

"-Form" either finally or medially is represented by the stem F 
joined to the remainder of the outline; as, ..!.... platform, .....^r re- 

°x T C 

■form, \^.. perform, ,/T... uniform, ..^r^.. transform, ..\.. uni- 
formity, .'. „1. non-conformity. 

WORD-SIGNS. 

p 

V.. ever ...v.. worthy ..„.. satisfaction 

..<-5. mental important-ce ..I... distinct 

READING EXERCISE. 

Z.k..c>... o ...b.......^...^..^-. > ...^.^v^.. H ^.. r ...:. i .. 



SUFFIXES. 117 

^.....^.L.....^.^..^j...,.. / .^...^^...:.^.:.^...^.. 

.L.^.^.A.i..x x ...:^..5.. t ..- > .3...x... ) .l.^ 

i ...prc:.......aTj^--,-.-P^-.l^.^-.ic^..-..->-. 

WRITING EXERCISE. 

mindfulness pathology. attentiveness seasonableness 

fashionable destructiveness lamentable monumental 

copartnership wardship thyself doxology 

harmlessness changeableness shamelessness hatefulness 

favorableness invincible joyfulness rudimental 

oneself serviceableness combativeness listlessness 

supplemental seaworthy theology peaceableness 

therewithal insurmountable permissible complemental 

Dear-Sir: 

Your-letter-of-the 14th instant was delayed several-days in reach- 
ing me because of-your carelessness in addressing-the envelope. 

The affairs of-your father's estate are in-the hands of Mr. George 
Jameson, the executor, in-whom your-father had-the greatest con- 
fidence. I-am-sure he-will perform-the duties of-his executorship 
in-a praiseworthy manner and to-the entire satisfaction of yourself 
and-the rest of-the heirs. 

A-draft will-be-sent-you forthwith fcr-the full amount which-has- 
been allowed by-the court. By-reason of-the phraseology of-your 
father's bequest, no amount whatever can-be paid to-you without-an 
order-of-the court. 

Mr. Jameson believes it-would-be detrimental to-the estate to- 



118 



dispose-of-the North-Dakota land at-this-time, as-it-is rapidly in- 
creasing in value. The rents received from-the houses and stores 
in-the-city will-be sufficient for-the-use-of-the heirs for-some-time. 
I-am-sure you-will-see-the reasonableness of-his position, and-that- 
you-will-be-glad of-his watchfulness over-the estate. 

Through-the instrumentality of Mr. Jameson and by-his prompt 
and forcible action, a valuable tract of land in Colorado on-which 
your-father had made a first payment has-been saved to-the estate. 

The heirs should-not allow themselves to-be misled by-the attract- 
iveness of immediate possession of-the wealth left them. Your- 
father's plan of leaving-the estate undivided until-the heirs are-all 
of-age is-a wise one. 

Very-truly, - 



LESSON XXXIV. 

DOT FOR "-ING" AND "H"— INITIALS — COLLOQUIAL CONTRACTIONS. 

The Termination "-ing" may be represented by a dot placed 
after and directly in line with the stem. The dot is used after word- 
signs, in order that the outline of the original word may be unchanged; 

as, ._„.•_. parting, =^.. coming, ...... charging, ..„S™**, becoming, 

...... having, ../... owing. It is also used after half-length P, B, T, 

D, CH, J, M, H, Y, and downward L, for the reason that the stem 
NG does not make a good joining after these half-lengths; as, 

.77^. accepting, ..%. boating, . ... treating, ..(;.. dating, ... cheat- 
ing, .__•._. jotting, L... admitting, .A~>! beheading, ....'.. yachting, 
.tV belting. 

Breves in Place of Dot for "-ing."— The breves for a, an, the, 
he, him, of, you, your, and we may sometimes be used instead of the 



DOT FOR "li" INITIALS. 119 

dot when the syllable -ing immediately precedes; as, . /.. changing 
a-n, .."... having a-n, ../... owing the, .\,. hoping he, .Z.\,. repre- 
senting him, ..^.. speaking of, ..r^ hearing you, ..\. hoping we. 

This method of using a breve after -ing may be extended to words 
which form -ing with the stem NG; as, .<zn~=~-.\ making a, tU^i tak- 
ing him, .^^ru... leaving you, ..a^a. getting your, ....^.. planning 
the, -X.- paying an. 

Two breves joined may sometimes be written in place of the dot; 

^\ 

as, 1. ordering of the, . .giving of your, ,<x>^,a- making of a. 

"-Ings" may be represented by a small circle written after and 
directly in line with the end of the stem; as, .„.. meetings, 
..c... doubtings, Q^-.o questionings. It is so represented only after 
words with which the dot is used for -ing. 

Dot for "H." — The initial sound of h before the stems P and B 
is represented by a dot written beside the vowel which precedes the 

stem; as, ..„.". happy, y\L.... hopeless, '.X... habitation, .'....". habit, 
..X^. hoop, >S. hub, ..\^. hip. 

The sound of h may also be represented by the dot in the middle 
of an outline, where neither the stem H nor the h-breve makes a good 

joining, or. for the purpose of shortening an outline; as, un- 
happy, ..^'. inhabitant, ..*Vct^. Abraham, ..^vjj?.. apprehension, 

mishap. 

Initials, except A., E., /., $., U., Q. and JT., are represented in 
shorthand by the corresponding stem, placed usually in the position 
indicated by the name of the letter. In order to make a more cer- 
tain distinction between light and heavy stems used as initials, a dash 
is written across all heavy stems. 



120 COLLOQUIAL CONTRACTIONS. 

The following is a list of the initials: 



..... A. 


._*.. G. 


i D - 


.^*. H 
..1. I. 
./.. J. 


E. 

..C. F. 


.™, K 
C. L. 



M. 


J... S. 


JT..Y. 


K 


-■{--■ T - 


. ... h z. 


0. 


*«* U - 




P. 
Q. 


.3. w. 




R. 


.S^SL- A.. 





Colloquial Contractions, such as can't, theyHl, Vm, etc., are writ- 
ten in shorthand with the same outline as the uncontracted phrase., 
and are distinguished by having the. apostrophe written either below 
or above the outline. These contractions are not used in carefully 
written English, nor in the best business correspondence. When 
they are used by the dictator the stenographer should transcribe 
them in full. In court testimony, however, they are of frequent oc- 
currence and when so used should be shown in the transcript. 

The following is a list of the more common colloquial contractions: 

i 
..L- they're 

y?.. you're 

..^y we're 

.T2 I'm 



J 


can't 


wouldn't 

2_- 


.„„. 


couldn't 


ll. I'll 


J 


hadn't 


.£ we'll 


..J. 


don't 


.1C they'll 




didn't 


..j7. you'll 


> 

'"J 


shouldn't 


...v.. he'll 



.£.-. you'lve 
11 I've 



READING EXERCISE. 



V 



.3. 



LA 



*r 



•V 






^b- 



DOT FOR "-ING A2TO "H. 



121 



.&. 



5..s......tS. 



I 



'EI x?" 



--: " 



V 



\ 



.._.x..^..Ix..;\^...L..!^..,... v ,..,^....!^ Pr .. J . r x, 



i.-V 




WRITING EXERCISE 



folding 


correcting 


collecting the 


vaulting 


speaking 


acknowledging 


trading 


hobby 


happen 


repeating 


inhabit 


noting 


hearing 


estimating 


experiencing 


shooting 


jutting 


beginnings 


doubting 


putting 


getting 


inviting 


establishing 


hearing of your 


belongings 


hypocrite 


hapless 


remitting him 


hoop 


chatting 


recollecting 


hoping you 


annotating 


changing 


giving 


believing we 


awaiting 


awaiting your 


footing 


treating of. the 



Mr. D. G. Barry, 

Des-Moines, Iowa. 
Dear-Sir: 

I-have-been endeavoring to-perfect the title to-your lot in block 
83 as required by-the American Rubber Belting Company before 
they-will purchase it. I-have begun-a friendly suit against Thomas 
V. Alden, from whom you-bought-the lot. I-have-taken his depo- 
sition and-proved that-the missing deed can-not now be-found. The 



122 PAST TENSE OF REGULAR VERBS. 

following is-his answer to-my question as-to what had become of- 
the document: 

"I-don't-know where-the deed is now. I'm-sure I-didn't destroy 
it. I-recollect putting it in-an envelope with some-other papers 
and-laying them away where I-thought they would-be safe, but I've 
iiot seen them since and can't find them. Maybe they'll be-found 
some-day, but I-doubt it. They're probably lost." 

I also took-the deposition of John Q. Drake, the notary before 
whom the deed was signed, showing-the date when-his commission 
expired. I-have also obtained-a quit-claim deed from-the heirs of 
A. E. Logan. I-expect soon to-get a decree quieting-the title. - 

Very-truly, 



LESSON XXXV. 
PAST TENSE OF REGULAR VERBS. 

Regular verbs form the past tense by adding -ed to the present 
tense. In writing the past tense in shorthand the outline of the 
present tense must be so changed as to add a final sound of t or d. 
The method of expressing this final sound depends upon the ending 
of the form of the present tense. 

Ending with a Full-Length. — When the present tense of a verb 
ends with a full-length stem, either with or without a final hook, the 
past tense is formed by halving such final stem; as, ..o>>. obey, 
..X. obeyed; .\...... pick, ...\^.. picked; .0.... learn, ._£?.. learned; 

...A plan, ...... planned; A.... caution, ..'.... cautioned. 

A full-length stem, however, should never be made half-length to 
add the final syllable -ed unless it makes an angle with the preceding 
stem. When there is no angle the stem T or D should be used; as, 

judged; .' v . like, L liked; i cook, 



./.. judge, . /. j 
...j cooked, j 



PAST TENSE OF REGTJLAB VERBS. . 123 

In a few words ending with a full-length, the past tense is formed 
by adding the stem D instead of halving the stem; as, key, 

TTq keyed; .*... annoy, ...J. annoyed; .<r^0.... mislay, .<rr0l. mislaid. 

When the final stem is a downward R, the past tense may be formed 
by changing to an upward half-length R if the downward R makes 
no angle with the stem which precedes; as, ..^.. fear, ..i^.. feared; 
."..J... acquire, Sn^... acquired; ^T>j.. clear* .„....t r . cleared. 

When the final stem is S or Z, the past tense may be formed by 
changing the stem S or Z to the s-circle and adding the stem D; as, 
...V busy, ..V^ busied; „^ ensue, .^. ensued. 

When a word consists of the initial consonants st followed by a 
vowel, and is written with the s-circle and the stem T, the past tense 
is formed by prefixing the st-loop to the stem D; as, '..£... stew, 
.JL. stewed; ..['.. stay, .".I... stayed. 

Ending with a Half-Length. — When the present tense ends with 
a half-length stem, the past tense is formed by changing the half- 
length to a full-length, and adding half-length T or D; as, ./.^Z... re- 
port, ./^i/}'-.... reported; _<^ protect,^™, protected; ^~i c . include, 
„.. ,.■ included; ._&.. paint, .„_&. painted; act, \' acted. 

When, however, a final half-length stem ends with a hook which 
prevents the joining of the stem T, both stem and hook must be 
changed to full-length stems and half-length T or D added; as, 

.^rTSp. invent, _Vr^^j.. invented; confound, ..^r^l- confounded. 

When the present tense ends with a half-length downward stem 
with which T or D does not make an angle, the past tense is formed 
by changing the half-length to a full-length and writing immediately 
after it a detached half-length T or D; as, ... deed, A... deeded; 
award, ....}: awarded; .„'..! annotate, ...'.. J *• annotated. 



124 PAST TENSE OF REGULAR VERBS. 

When the present tense is formed by the stem W, H, or Y, the 
past tense may sometimes be formed by changing such stem to its 
corresponding breve and adding the stem T or D; as, ...J. weigh, 

..*.L weighed; ..:>*.. wait, ._•!.. waited; __^_. heat, heated; 

yield, .yd- yielded. 

Ending with a Double-Length. — When the present tense ends 
with a double-length without a final hook, the past tense is formed 
by changing the double-length to a full-length and adding a half- 
length T, D, or TH, with the r-hook; as, I. water, ....!! watered; 

( n r ^ ^ 

.......... loiter, ...... loitered; ...'. lather, ..'..:. lathered; I. or- 



der, ...a ordered; .^rpr^.. mutter, .T7T7Q muttered. 

When the present tense ends with a double-length with a final 
hook, the past tense is formed by changing the double-length to a 

half-length and adding a half-length downward R; as, *I. en- 
counter, l "-.. encountered; ..T7v.. winter, . wintered; ^rT^T. ren- 

der, .<&&.- rendered; „-.i>. ponder, ...7^. pondered. 

The past tense of verbs ending with a double-length may some- 
times be formed by adding the stem D to the form of the present 
tense; as, .^-^. enter, .^TZTl entered; ..L- further, . A^.. fur- 
thered; ...K-— - feather, .\_... feathered. ' 

Ending with a Circle. — When the present tense ends with an 
s-circle, the past tense is formed by changing the circle to a small 

loop; as, .' cross, .'..... crossed; .'^. miss, ..^. missed. 

When, however, the final circle is within a hook or curl, the past 
tense is formed by changing the hook or curl to its corresponding 

stem and adding the st-loop; as, .vs. fence, .S^i^.. fenced; ..?... li- 
cense, f x_... licensed; ..^ mince, .. minced. 



TAST TEXSE OF WORD-SIGNS. 



125 



When the present tense ends with a large circle, the past tense is 
formed by adding the stem T or D; as, .Nd possess, .\p. possessed; 
.-z^\.. exercise, .-^^\.. exercised; capsize, ....„[?.. capsized. 

Ending with a Loop. — When the present tense ends with a small 
loop, the past tense is formed by changing the loop to a circle and 

adding half-length T or D; as, „>a. post, ..V posted; fast, 

..hf. fasted; .{5. list, _(^. listed. 

When the present tense ends with a large loop, the past tense is 
formed by changing the large loop to a small loop and adding a 
half-length R, written either upward or downward; as, 1 ad- 

minister, IL™. administered; foster, ._.. fostered; /y. reg- 
ister, /jfa- registered; .\.-p^T.. upholster, \<r^2. upholstered. 
When neither the upward nor the downward R will join conve- 
niently after the loop, the large loop may be changed to a circle and 

a half-length T with an r-hook added; as, ...... master, I_J mas- 
tered; .<sp. muster, .'TUl mustered. 

Ending with an N-Curl. — When the present tense ends with an 
n-curl, the past tense is formed by changing the curl to a stem N 
made half-length; as, .^rs: hasten, .<rt>^- hastened; A'.... lessen, 
.£..... lessened. 

Past Tense of Word-Signs. — The past tense of most word-signs 
is formed by halving the final stem; as, .../.. acknowledge, ...... ac- 
knowledged; .</.. refer, ..-?.. referred. 

The past tense of a few word-signs is written in full; as, ..S^. be- 
lieve, . believed; c collect, .7. j. collected; .Q^ question, 

StzP. questioned; ../.. change, L^.. changed. 

The past tense of certain word-signs is formed by writing a de- 
tached T or D immediately after the form of the present tense; .as, 



126 



PAST TENSE OF REGULAR VERBS. 



..:S. object, \j. objected; ..A. subject, .>sj. subjected; fre- 
quent, ...i.. frequented; .^^rrrrr. neglect, .v_^tt.| neglected; ..\^.. pub- 
. recollect, ./!.. recollected. 



lish, ...js^.. published; 

The past tense of a few word-signs is formed by changing a final 
circle to a loop, or by adding the st-loop; as, ...9.. advertise, ...... adver- 

tised; .5^. experience, .S\. experienced; practice, ...„. practiced. 



.^. 



frequent 
neglect 



I 



WORD-SIGNS. 

advertise 
public-sh 



probable-y 
probability 



READING EXERCISE. 




y^~i> 






\~.. 






^...^...,, 



A 



J 



.A ^C.-?.-<f7$... 



*■ "./x^^.Z- 



1 ■ ~> 






,r< 



.^, 



c..\.v^A 



PAST TENSE OF REGTJLAB VERBS. 



127 





WRITING 


EXERCISE. 






Write the past 


tense of the following verbs: 






. J.'., condense 


fashion 


..STZL. criticise 


C N 


matter 








.•Gp sequester 


.^. hate 


.SL_^_ vacate 


v^w„ 


intend 


doubt 


,_.... witness 


....\... banter 


X 


bob 


^....evince 


.^$. listen 


. v .„. incline 


^.. 


refund 


.is., thunder 
..i.. weed 


JL draft 


..S/™. bolster 


£=± 


leak 


,::... last 


!z announce 




filter 


L 

.„... contract 


6* 

/.?... silence 


„-_o... guess 


^.. 


reason 



Mr. J. T. Trowbridge, 

Boise, Idaho. 
Dear-Sir: 

I looked for a-letter from-you yesterday, but failed to-receive 
it and telegraphed you that we-had-been awarded the-contract for- 
the ditch across-the Cambridge Valley, and-that as-soon-as you-were 
through in Boise I-wanted-you to come here. I-have ordered the 
necessary tools shipped from Shelton and-have mustered a. force-of 
about a-hundred men. I-have promised to begin work on-the 10th, 
and should like very-much to-have-you here at-that-time. The ir- 
rigation company has emphasized the fact that-the contract calls 
for-the completion of-the ditch about November 1st. So-much 
time has already been wasted that-the work will-have to-be pushed 
as-much-as-possible. Please write me fully the-condition of affairs 
in Boise so-that I-may know what to count on. 

Very-truly-yours, 



128 



OMISSION OF CONSONANTS. 



LESSON XXXVI. 

.--■■ 

OMISSION OF CONSONANTS. 

To shorten outlines, or to avoid difficult joinings, consonants may 
be omitted in the following cases: 

P after M when indistinctly sounded may be omitted from the 

outline; as, .k.. tempt, stamped, ..^O.- prompted, ....].. empty, 

—=&*.. exempt, .J?d. presumption, irrrj assumption, ..\-k. pumped, 
y — -■ ^.. glimpse. 

The Sound of K after the Souna of Ng is in many words indis- 



tinct, and may generally be omitted; as, ./Or^.. linked, ..-. ranked, 

,. . . O . ^f ? . *1 

Lr> distinction, sanction, ._•__';. anxiety, J .. tincture,...-. 1 :, sanc- 
tity, .k^Jr?>. function. 

Ng in the Middle of a Word sometimes has a double sound, 

first the sound of ng and then an additional sound of g, as in the 

words anger and Jinge?: This second sound of g need not be represent- 
or 
ed in the outline; as, angle, ...L..... finger, Sr^3. English. 

T after S in the middle of a word may be omitted in cases where 

the following stem will not ioin after the st-loop; as, ..No 

./y. listless, *£...... restless, ..-Sc-.. postoffice, JqfS^--, 1 



postpone-, 
testimony, 

.L.. testify, X- trustworthy. In a few phrases t is similarly 
omitted; as, .^n^. must be, ..<r^r^.. must not, ..W^.. first class, 
„L._... first place, .......... last night. 

M after T and before Pr may be omitted in such words as 
.k.. temperance, .\...y:. temporary, --k*--^- temporarily, L^... in- 
temperate. 



AMISSION OF CONSONANTS. 129 

The Final Syllable "-tial" or "-tially" occurring after the sound 
of n may be omitted, the outline terminating with the n-hook; as, 

..X. potentially, ..eh. essential-ly, .SL. confidential-ly, ^..... rev- 

erential-ly, ../i.. providential-ly, ..\i presidential. 

Omission of Hooks. — In the outlines of words in which two hooks 
occur together in such a way as to make it difficult to write both, 

one of the hooks may be omitted; as, .. ft... identical, ..:_. x „. landlord, 
*k. spendthrift, .J*., stranger, ..A... challenger, ..\. passenger. 

The n-hook may be omitted before the syllable -ment where the 
joining would be difficult to make; as, .%>.. attainment, ..„.. assign- 
ment, .£>.. adjournment. 

The sound of n when followed by s need not be represented' in 
the middle of an outline if the joining of the first and second stems 
is such that the circle is thrown on the outside of the angle; as, 

.rLf. transpose, .0."... transmit, _ C L7.. transact, <L»^>_. dispensary, 

.CI^ transom,*.*?.... chancery, s^p princely, .jC.VS^,,. Pennsylvania. 

It will be observed that in the above words the circle is on the 
n-hook side of the first stem, which would imply the sound of n be- 
fore s if no other stem followed; but as the simple s-circle occurring 
between two stems is written on the outside of the angle, the sound 
of n must be regarded as canceled, although the form naturally sug- 
gests the omitted n. When the stem following the circle does not 
allow the circle to be written on the n-hook side of the stem, the 

stem N should be used; as, X^jiu transcend, /ll. transfigure, 



fe 



transfuse, -Lj^. transfer, . \^«?.. pencil, /^cancel, 

.:(... council. 
Transplant is written 



130 OMISSION OF WOKDS AND SYLLABLES. 

The sound of r in the. syllables -scribe and -script need not be 
represented in the shorthand outline in cases where the r-hook can 

not be written; as, .l..v...\. subscribe, ...°Z7N^ proscribe, .<trz\^. tran- 
scribe, .SLTTX. transcript. 

Words and Syllables Omitted from Phrases.— The words and 
and a are sometimes omitted in the formation of phrases of frequent 
occurrence; as, : -^>- j again and again, .<±k±>. more and more, 

....jC... years and years, ...aLJ£N— once in a while. 

From and to may be omitted in writing such phrases as from day 
to day, from year to year, etc., the two remaining words of the phrase 

being written close together; as, .fcfc. from day to day, fj:. from 

year to year, ........ from hour to hour, ._>qNd from place to place. 

The two words may be joined in a few phrases; as, from time 

to time. ^ 

Of is omitted in writing a few phrases; as, ' cause of action, 

^ * ir 

..%-.. point of fact, .S^?... bill of sale. 

The word extent following another word in a phrase may be repre- 
sented by omitting the first stem; as, <%£... great extent, _o>^f. cer- 
tain extent, .£... full extent. 

Remember standing alone is represented by a word-sign (...Vr^.), 
but in some phrases the final stem only is used; as, ..Lr^. do you re- 
member, .Lrr^. how do you remember. 

Company when not used in phrases is written _X_^. , but when 
following another word in a phrase it may be represented by the stem 

K; as, .lnr._. trust company, Ji..aL- railway company, cJ^\L^-. rail- 
road company. 

Session following another word in a phrase may be represented by 
the ishun-curl; as, ..d7£. same session, .T7!Ll. extra session,,.^., court 
of sessions. 



OMISSION OF CONSONANTS. 131 

WORD-SIGNS. 

. remark L... danger ....(... New York 

. remember a .... San Francisco ..CI1. Massachusetts 

READING EXERCISE. 

V^-l ±+A ,-,-X.l^U. 



H ...U_„..J....^., ^.. fe . 



:l..u. s. 



r-^-^-p, 



-....^.^...TTTZi..^.. _S^ ; is 



^ F --y—t:-- 



^.*.<L..Z...:^J. Z..L.L..A.l.^.: 



v *^cr ***»"* 





^-^-i^w 


:jk 


i^CV*^ 


WRITING EXERCISE, 


-^ 



Mr. F. H. Wallace, 

Assistant Attorney C. & P. Railway-Co., 
Reading, Pa. 
Dear-Sir: 

Your-letter stating that suit has-been brought by-the N. & S. Rail- 
road-Co. for possession, of-the triangle just west of-the passenger 
depot grounds was-received last-night. I-desire-you to-take prompt 
action to-defend this suit. This piece-of ground was deeded to-us 
by-the city some eight years-ago. The transaction is-a-matter-of 
record, and you-should get a-transcript of-the proceedings of-the 



132 OMISSION OF CONSONANTS. 

council and-call upon-the proper officials to-testify to-these facts. 
Mr. T. B. Casey, confidential clerk in-the president's office, can per- 
haps assist you. 

Prior to-the date of-this deed, the N. & S. was permitted by-the 
city from-time-to-time to-lay temporary tracks across this triangle 
and-we-had to-bring suit to-compel them to-remove these tracks. 
What-the N. & S. wants is-a strip about eight feet wide across-the 
north end-of-the triangle to-enable them to-lay a double track into- 
the depot grounds. 

In-point-of-fact, there-is some danger that-the courts will decide 
that-the city tad no right to deed this piecerof ground, and for-that 
reason a; settlement should-be-made if-possible with-the N. & S. 
by giving them eight feet for-the laying of-this track upon-the pay- 
ment of-a reasonable amount. The case can-not come up for trial 
before-the adjournment of-the May term-of-court, and-I-am anxious 
to-settle-the matter before-the next term if-possible. 

Respectfully, 



Mr. K. 0. Thompson, 

Chester, Pennsylvania. 
Dear-Sir: 

I-am-very-glad to know that-you contemplate reopening-your 
store in-the-near-future. Your prompt and -prudent action when- 
you found yourself involved has won for-you the-confidence and- 
respect of business men. The fact that-you-have-not attempted to 
reopen until you-have made a satisfactory settlement with-your 
creditors is much in-your-favor. We-shall-be-glad to extend a-line 
of credit to-you on-the showing you-have made in-your letter. We- 
wish-you success in-your new enterprise. 

Very-truly-yours, 



MISCELLANEOUS RULES FOR PIIKASISG. 



133 



LESSON XXXVII. 
MISCELLANEOUS RULES FOR PHRASING. 

"Us" may be added by the s-circle to breve word-signs and to 
prepositions represented by a single stem; as, ..p.. of ns, . with 
us, without us, on us, .!sa for us, .sJ. among us, .J... be- 
tween us, .T-rfe against us. 

Us after verbs may sometimes be represented by the stem S; as, 
. send us, L~. take us. After the verb let, however, the s-circle 

may be used to represent us; as, ._£?.. let us, .(^-(l. let us know, 
./S?X. let us hear. 

"Of" is generally represented in phrases by the breve or by the 
v-hook, but where neither of these methods can be used the stem V 
may represent of; as, .T^L one of the, ^7^ most of the. 

Of it is represented by half-length V in some phrases; as, of 

it, of its, ...^ one of its, .<^. most of its. 

Of their is represented by double-length V in some phrases; as, 
one of their, ..^p most of their. 



"Have" is generally represented in phrases by the breve or by 
the v-hook, but when neither of these methods can be used the stem 

V T may represent have; as, .<^._. mus.t have, ..rs*-... have their. Been 
may be added by the n-hook; as, .<j^.. must have been, .<^ must 

have been there, .__£_ shall have been there. 

Other, Their. — Other and their when used in phrases will some- 
times conflict. To distinguish phrases containing the word other the 



134 MISCELLANEOUS RULES FOR PHRASING. 

light second-position dash vowel may be inserted; as, .A^.„... for 

their, L y for other; ..(/. which their, ..(/: which other; as 

their, as other. 

Are, Were. — Are and were are both represented by upward R, and 
are distinguished by position. When following another word in a 
phrase, however, this distinction is lost, and it becomes necessary to 
adopt different forms for the words. Are following other words in 
a phrase is represented either by the r-hook or by the downward R, 
while were is always represented by the upward R; asj ...v.. they are, 
S^.. they were; ..QL,.. as those are, .fe^T. as those were; Al^. there 

are, s/.... there were; .^ if you are, K^yf- if you were; .?>y ; we 

are, ^r. we were. • 

Less, Else. — Less and else used finally in phrases are distinguished 
by writing the former upward and the latter downward; as, 

.. r L. little less, . T /J2.... little else; ...r.L^L.-- nothing less, 



...~\^. nothing else. 

Last, Least. — Last and least are distinguished by writing the for- 
mer upward and the latter downward; as, ...... at last, ./r... at least. 

Lately, Little. — Lately and little may be distinguished by vocal- 
izing the former and leaving the latter unvocalized; as, .iSd..... but 
lately, .?Sc...... but little; .SJ-. very lately, kL. very little. 

"The Other" may be represented by a double-length TH; as, ../-. the 

other, .7TT. as long as the other, ^rf... on the other hand, ./.... the 
other day. ]• 

"Well" is represented by the stem L with the large initial hook when 
this form will make a good joining with the other words of the 
phrase, and by the stem L when the ho£k_can_not_be joined; as, 



MISCELLANEOUS RULES FOR PHRASING. 135 

6 J. - well done, JU...J. .. well known, L. ...".. well-meaning, ZT°. as 

well as, ...f& . just as well, .sr?C.. may as well. 

"Far" is represented by F and downward R when this form will 
make a good joining with the other words of the phrase, but when 

more convenient the r-hook is used; as, ..S^y. as far as, ..„^\... far 

away, «/_?.. so far as, .^g. as far as they have. 

"Part" is represented by the word-sign ( ) when it will join 

conveniently with the other words of the phrase, and by;the word 

written in full ( ) when the word-sign will not join; as, _>_. on 



your part, > on his part, on my part, .'^c^ck in some 

part. 

"Or" when standing alone is represented by the downward R, but 
in phrases either upward or downward R may be used; as, \/\~ day 

or two, had or not, Kb said or done, .\^T..... before or 

after, .frzr^ . greater or less. 

"Hour" when standing alone is represented by the downward R, 
but in phrases either upward or downward R may be used; as, 

.^Yl- hour or two, r^T. hour after hour. 

"Did," following a stem word, is made half-length to distinguish 
from do; as, /^""""w-here did you go, .-^jL«- where do you go. 

"Should" and "Could" are not joined after stems in phrases, as 
they conflict with shall and can, but are disjoined and written in 

the third position; as, .A.... that we shall, .k.y... that we should, 
-4-. if you can, .^. if you could. 

"New" and "Saint" when forming part of geographical names 
are raised or lowered to allow the remaining part of the name to 
jeep its position; as, .TTJf?.. New Jersey, .^^> ...:.?.. f : New Mexico, 

St. Paul, ...^3 St. Louis. 



136 MISCELLANEOUS RULES FOR PHRASING. 

"State" at the beginning of a phrase is represented by the st-loop 
on the stem T, but it may be represented finally or medially by the 
s-circle and half-length T when more convenient joinings can thus be 
made; as, ../... this State, in this State, - < -- F -- any statement. 

"Mister" (Mr.) when written initially in a phrase may be raised 
to allow the following word to retain its position; as, ^p Mr. 

<r-y c J 

President, .._£?„_ Mr. Chairman, .O 5 ^. Mr. Smith. 

"Therefore" may be expressed in phrases by the ter-hook, the 
double-length, or the ster-loop, followed by the stem F, with or without 

the r-hook; as, ...L it therefore, _L if therefore, . is therefore. 

Word Outlines Changed in Phrases. — The outlines of words are 
often changed in phrases by using hooks instead of stems, or stems 

instead of hooks; as, ..\^rK... one or more, _^^.. v . bear in mind, 

As... at any rate, . < -^^ in like manner, ..y.... n right or wrong, 

. Jfrf! at all events, r^TTI^i.... my dear sir, .".Lr^A. set forth. 

Omission of Syllables. — In writing some phrases certain conso- 
nants, syllables, or words are omitted; as, I will not, Vs. for 



instance, ...7^.. much more, ...^X^. by express, _/T..... yours truly, 
..^.. for the purpose, ..of... Secretary of State, ...L'T71__: House of 
Representatives. Many others of this class will be found under the 
heading "Phrases." 

WORD-SIGNS. 

half horse thank 

./rr^.. home ...°^.. superintendent ....(... think 



MISCELLANEOUS RULES FOR PHRASING. 



137 



READING EXERCISE. 





^•.x-A--^-^^-^- .^-4. 



f 



<? 



f 



WRITING EXERCISE 



Mr. D. W. Morehouse, 

Chicago,-Illinois. 
My-dear-Sir: 

Your-letter-of-the 26th is received, in-which-you state that-you- 
are looking for a good location for a farm for-the raising of high- 
grade horses and-that your-attention has-been called to-our farm 
near Elgin. We-have owned this farm for fifteen years, and-have 
but-lately decided to-dispose of-it. It-is one-of-the-best equipped 
stock farms in-this-State, and we-are offering it for $40,000. It con- 
tains 100 acres-of fine grazing land lying almost level, as-well-as ten 
acres-of timber. There-are two stables with-a capacity of fifty head- 
of horses, besides twelve box stalls. A cottage on-the farm is used 
by-the superintendent and-his family. Rooms for-the-other men 



138 MISCELLANEOUS RULES FOR PHRASING. 

are finished off in-the stables. The house contains ten large rooms, 
and-is modern in every-respect. We- were offered $38,000 cash for- 
the place a week-or-two ago, but we-feel that we-must-have at-least 
$40,000, as-other land m-this vicinity is selling at high prices. We- 
think it-would-be well for-you to-go out to-Elgin some-day this week 
for-the-purpose-of seeing-the farm. Mr.-Smith, our superintendent, 
will show-you every courtesy. He-is away at-present, but will-be 
home Tuesday. 

If-not convenient for-you to-pay-the full amount in-cash, we-will 
let-you have-the place on-the payment of $30,000 and-an agreement 
on-your-part to-pay-the remainder in-one-year 

We-would thank-you if-you-would let-us-know-your decision. 

Yburs-truly, 

Mr. R. P. Dempster, 

Scrantou, Pa. 
Dear-Sir: 

I-have-been requested by-the president, Mr.-Mason, to-state 
some-of-the reasons why our road has-been unable-to furnish-you 
cars as rapidly as you-have desired. In-the-past two years the bus- 
iness of-our company has more-than doubled. The same increase 
is shown by-other roads. We-have placed orders for cars at various 
times, but so-far have-been able-to get only about one-half of-what 
we-have ordered, as-other companies were also placing large orders. 
We-have in-part remedied the trouble by laying-a double track on- 
our main line, thus enabling us to increase-the speed of freight- 
trains. We-have endeavored to-be perfectly fair in furnishing cars 
to-our customers, and-you-may-be-sure you-have-had-your full 
share. We-regret that we-were unable-to give-you all-you needed. 
We-are now getting our orders for cars filled more rapidly, and- 
trust in-the-near-future to-be-able-to supply all demands. 

Yours-truly, 



WORDS WITH PECULIAR OUTLINES. 



139 



LESSON XXXVIII. 
WORDS WITH PECULIAR OUTLINES. 

There are many words whose shorthand outlines are not written in 
accordance with general rules. The reason for this variation is usual- 
ly to avoid difficult joinings, or to shorten outlines. This lesson con- 
tains a partial list of these words, grouped according to their peculiari- 
ties. Where derivatives are formed like the primitive, only the prim- 
itive is given; but in a few instances where they differ both are given. 

Outlines in which initial or final R, L, or SH is not written in 
the direction specified in the rules: 



.p^f.... accidental 
arrival 
arrive 



barn 

-/£ boundless 

^r^y..... coercion 

declaration 
dismal 

.,-yn eastern 

-- entirely 



V 



exerts 
fallen 
finish 
material 



resume 
retire 
return 
serve 



northeastern ^i.. started 



officer 

ornament 

resemble 

resort 

result 



1£. 



sugar 

surplus 

surrounding 

turn 

unlimited 



140 WORDS WITH PECULIAR OUTLINES. 

Outlines which do not admit of perfect vocalization: 
^— vf 
anthracite '-"^^L introduce ..._.... profit 

-^ anticipate ... N . monitor .._._^Ny profitable 

....X„_. boldest /.„\— ^_. organization ^P;.__ protestant 

.. protestantism 

philanthropy - -"^/^- rheumatism 

.. philanthropic .. n , . signature 

interesting ...\ar^._. professor ...£?_„. supervisor 

Outlines in which stems are used where the sounds suggest a hook 
or other modification: 



indefatigable participate 

indistinct 




affectionate 
ancestors 



..:? boisterous 

...TX... charter 



-k determined .<rr-^ 

9 endorse ,-^T>hl ; 

..jU^.. engendered northern 



mentioned 
multitude 



mention 



Watertown 



Outlines in which hooks are used in a peculiar way: 

balance ...<w?-- Maryland 

.*?. delight 



.. outfit 
.£.. delightful ..^__./*. penitentiary 

I 



. downright .....j^V.. prevent 

. expenditure ..^3X..„ refrigerator 

. frank ..-.^rr^ i r > regulate 

Franklin <£.... relate 

girl ...^J?.... release 



...^^J?.... relief -ve 

— - v -- rely 

...^^n . retribution 
°: '......'.. slack water 

...<^p.. subterranean 
.... subterfuge 

wigwam 
workmanlike 



WORDS WITH PECULIAR OUTLINES. 
READING EXERCISE. 



141 




^-f 



WRITING EXERCISE. 

Mr. T. D. Franklin, 

Watertown, Wisconsin. 
Dear-Sir: 

I -re turn for signature your-estimate-of-the cost of labor and-ma- 
terial to-be-used in repairs of-cars on-the Northern Division. The 
materials mentioned will of-course be furnished on proper requisi- 
tion. There-are about twenty-five of-these cars in-the shops now, 
and-the remainder will-be-sent in later. 

I rely on-you to-see that-these repairs are made in-a workmanlike- 
manner and-without any unnecessary expenditure. In-your report 
please set-forth-the cost of repairs to-each car, as we-wish to-make 
bills against-the various companies owning-the cars. 

In-your letter you-mention the arrival-of six cars from-the North- 
Eastern division and ask what shall-be-done with-them. Do nothing 



142 WOKDS WITH PECULIAR OUTLINES. 

with these cars now, at-any-rate not until after-the outfit of-the 
Northern Division is put in-good condition. There-is-an almost un- 
limited amount of-this work that could-be-done, but we-must confine 
ourselves to-that which-is most needed. 

When-you-have signed-your estimate please return it to-this of- 
fice, and-oblige 

Yours-truly, 

Mr. I. H. Welch, 

Denver, Colorado. 
Dear-Sir: 

Your-interesting letter came to-hand today. I-am-glad you- 
have-your organization about completed, and-that-you-will soon be 
ready for business. I-read with much interest the prospectus you- 
enclosed. I-was-sorry not to-be at-the meeting to participate in-the 
election of officers and-the framiug-of-the charter. You-have-not 
mentioned who-was chosen president, but I-presume that office was 
given to-you. T-hope the business when once started will prove 
profitable and-that-the location which-has-been selected will prove 
to-be-a good one. It-nmst-be a-great relief to-you to-have your- 
affairs take so favorable a turn. 

Wishing-you-and-your organization the greatest success, I-arn 

Yours-truly, 



LESSON XXXIX. 
WORDS WITH PECULIAR OUTLINES (continued). 

Outlines in which a half-length stem S is made upward to avoid 
difficult joinings: 

elocutionist ^rrrr.-. factionist ...5^ prohibitionist 



.excursionist ...l^^... fusionist C ^L^'... protectionist 



WORDS WITH PECULIAR OUTLINES. 143 

Outlines which are disjoined to avoid long forms or difficult 
joinings: 

"I I > 

...AU attitude ....lj. detained .&£*£.-. supernatural 



J. deadened ....iu.... straightened J."... tightened 



Outlines in which a double-length is joined to a full-length of the 
same kind, thus making a triple-length: 

\ \ V 

....X-.-. preponderance X... preponderate \t... propounder 

Outlines in which some sound is not represented: 
..!_,. ... distinguished '.^^^overwhelming ...^V... whether 

A-.... handkerchief sanguine 1 while 

T 
....%•-,... identical ..^Z... transatlantic ...."Ts.... whither 



.^sp^ri.. relinquish ....?^y... wheel why- 
Outlines showing various modifications, usually for the sake of 
better angles: 

...a:.... agitate ...°^.. chancing 

„.•£„.. agitated ...:l~j,. clandestine 

.1/Z.iL. .. alternative . < ^ 7 t ^> cleansing 

.."r^TTT^.. antiquity ..<L\... conscientious 

...1/;... associate *r^l_.. dancing 

...W*.. association ..A disaster 

.J^f,. balancing :4>\ disastrous 



••*-■ 


dentistry 


h 


. Denver 
dynamite 


~^i\ 


> ennoble 


,..!)^± 


. erratic 


j^_ 


fortunate 




fortune 



144 



WORDS WITH PECULIAR OUTLINES 



foundation 
.^ ... .. generate 

.-A?. illustrate 

vtX...... illustration 

.."r^,... independent 






"J 



judicial 
judicious 



»> 



Indiana 

Indianapolis 

indignant 

individual 

internal 



*ZT 



ordinary 

perpetual 

political 

politics 

■^%^.- recipient 

rewritten 

scientific 



L :p Seattle 

...J 3 :., sedate 
•-/.Vt^ snowstorm 
spirit 
.. standstill 

.% stupendous 

superstitious 



°V 



.....t!-.. voluntary 
.tC^?.... whereabouts 
isS^.:. whirlwind 



Peculiar forms are also sometimes used for the purpose of dis- 
tinguishing words which would otherwise be represented by the same 
outline. These will be found under the heading "Words Distin- 
guished." 



b: 



READING EXERCISE 



f^-\ 



LcU. 






■i- 



J 






~-t 



^...^iZ-.^.M- 



'C 



WORDS WITH PECULIAR OUTLINES. 145 

:A-^..-^^-...^..^..^-..--^-..t..i.,..Z^. 



2..X.X.* *<V£i* 



=v 



t 



WRITING EXERCISE. 



Mr. F. G. Carson, 

Indianapolis, Indiana. 
Dear-Sir: 

Upon my return from-a trip to-Denver and Seattle I-found your- 
letter-of-the 17th instant. 

I-went up to-look at-the "Independent'" mine in Clear Creek County 
and found all work at-a standstill for lack-of dynamite. A severe 
snowstorm had rendered-the roads almost impassable. An analysis 
of-t-he ore thus-far taken-out from-the mine shows it to-be very rich 
in-both gold and-silver. The work is-to-be pushed as-soon-as-the 
weather permits. I-am-satisfied that we-have a good investment 
and- that we-shall receive large dividends this-year. 

I also took a side-trip into-the center-of Oregon and-looked at land 
in various places. I-believe it- will-be only-a few-years before-a rail- 
road will go through this part-of-the State, and-that-a few thousand- 
dollars invested in lands now will-be the foundation of-a fortune. 
I-am-therefore planning to-make another trip out-there in-the spring 
f'or-the-purpose-of buying land, for I-am sufficiently sanguine to- 
invest at-least half of-my ready funds. I-wish-you-would arrange 
to-take this trip with me. Let me know whether it-will-be prac- 
ticable for-you to-do-so. 

Yours-truly, 



146 - PLURAL VOWELS. 

Mr. E. Y. Martin, 

Palm Springs, California. 
Dear-Sir: 

I- was today the recipient of-a very ordinary looking parcel, 
which on being opened proved to-contain some very valuable speci- 
mens for-the museum. From-a scientific standpoint these speci- 
mens are of peculiar interest, as-they show some variations not often 
found. I-am now at-work upon-an illustrated pamphlet on-the 
Beetles of-the Colorado Desert, and shall-be-able-to-add several 
species found among these which have-not before been reported. 
The Association wishes me to-express to you its appreciation for-the 
valuable additions you-have made to-the museum. 

Yours-truly, 



LESSON XL. 
PLURAL VOWELS-VOWELS JOINED TO STEMS. 

For all ordinary amanuensis work, concurrent vowels may be rep- 
resented by the vowel and diphthong signs written at different dis- 
tances from the consonant stem, as explained on pages 11 and 14; 
or, if occurring between two stems, one may be written with the first 
stem and the other with the second stem, as explained on page 19:. 
For verbatim and court reporting, however, it will be found conve- 
nient to have special signs to represent the more common of these 
concurrent vowels. 

Plural Vowel Signs consist of breves joined at different angles, 
or of breves joined to diphthongs. The plural vowels for which 
signs have been provided always contain the short sound of i (or 
some other indistinct light vowel), either preceding or following 
another vowel or a diphthong. 



PLURAL VOWELS. 147 

The following is a list of the plural vowel signs, with words illus- 
trating their use: 

: v \. . . »-V 

.' a-i as in .71. naivete. 



a-i 



(y..u laity, ..>-,„.... voltaic, _7\ mayor 



e-i .^vlX... reiteration, .4.. deity, ../... theater. 

:V !A A ] 

vl. 



....:. i-a .' Iago. 

.... ■* i-a " ...v^a .. variation, X.. opiate, /&. radiator. 

....\. i-e " .-C^nrJL minutiae. 

.' i-a .p^ alluvial, .^~/±- myriad, „7l area. 

i~- i-e ..^^As requiem, .a... easier, „!3. acquiesce. 

!..« i-i " S^yCZ.. varying, _>C L babyish. 

...... a-i ' ; ..?. .. lawing, -S^.r: thawing. 

....j' o-i as in \^<.. billowy, .*$*. Owen, >^ Noah. 

...J oo-i " ..^x^.. ruin, 5L_„. bluish. 

&_,. 1-0 " ..^C/F... folio, /$> ratio, ^3z£. Ontario, 

...... i-6 - 4 .. ~r. periodic, ...^71^.. geography. 

...J? i-u " -%-^»2« premium,. .X*~* opium, ..^^^ alluvium. 

i-i 7^Ss£... vieing, ..A. dial, ._>_. viol, ..^ viaduct. 



- oy-i 
... ow-i " ...:/> 



.J boyish, .:lf. alloying. 

allowing, ,.Z1. vowel. 



....J Dewey, .^rq. annuity, .A^.. fuel. 

■--£,-. genii, 
i-oy " ^rsrwL- Honeoye. 



1-1 



The diphthong i followed by the short sound of ^(represented by 
the sign . *... ) will be found convenient for vocalizing such words as 

._. via, .>?_.. diamond, ..\. bias, etc., and should be learned. 



148 



PLUEAL VOWELS. 



Vowels Joined to Stems. — In a few cases the heavy dash vowel 

o is joined to the stem whic h follows it; as, .^C.. old, .'. o'clock, 

^L Ohio, .l_ 0. K., .L..^ O'Connor, .A3^ O'Connell. 

Words Composed of Vowels Only. — A few words are composed 
of vowels only. Word-signs have been provided for all these words 
founa in the English language, such as owe, aye, awe, ah, a, etc. A 
few proper names from other languages consist of vowels only. They 
may be represented in shorthand by first writing the stem T and 
making a stroke through it, which is regarded as a cancellation, and 
then writing the vowels in their proper positions, the first vowel 



before the stem and the second vowel after the stem; as, 
.:!.. Ai, .J... M&, ,_.|L JEa. 



a- 



Io, 



WRITING EXERCISE 



Zion 


shadowy 


menial 


grayish 


million 


showy 


lion 


solio 


Indian 


jewel 


tapioca 


geometric 


diadem 


bias 


haying 


pavilion 


mediator 


ammonia 


dower 


Napoleon 


radiation 


chaos 


odium 


piano 


diamond 


maniac 


sawing 


champion 


rebellion 


idiom 


creator 


Jewish 


lineage 


avowal 


opium 



Mr. Thomas X. O'Connor, 

Xenia, Ohio. 
Dear-Sir: 

Your telegram was-received this-afternoon at about 2 o'clock. 
By making-a special effort we succeeded in getting-the goods 
shipped on-the evening train. Enclosed find bill. 

We also acknowledge receipt-of-your remittance of $87.25, 
which balances your old account. 

Thanking-you for both-the order and-the remittance, we-are 

Yours-truly, 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 

There is no more important branch of shorthand study than the 
word-signs and their derivatives. A large number of the most com- 
monly used words of the language, as well as many words which 
occur frequently in legislative or court reporting, are represented 
by these briefer forms. There is also a group of words used 
chiefly in reporting sermons or religious conventions. While 
some of these word-signs will not often be found in the work of 
the ordinary amanuensis, no student should be satisfied until he has 
thoroughly learned the entire list. About 225 of these word-signs, 
together with a number of their derivatives, have been given in con- 
nection with the preceding lessons. 

In the list of "Word-Signs and Their Derivatives" which immedi- 
ately follows, the word-signs are placed close to the left-hand 
margin of the column, while the derivatives are slightly indented. 

Plurals which are formed by simply adding the s-circle are not 
shown in this list, only a few plurals of unusual construction being 
included. 

The rule for forming the past tense of verb word-signs is given 
on page 98. Outlines for the past tense of each verb are, however, 
included in the list. 

As explained on page 91, -ing is added to most word-signs by 
the dot. Six word-signs, however, add -ing by the stem, as follows: 
Cross-examining, doing, going, owning, sympathizing, and willing. 

The same outline is sometimes used for two or more words, but 
the grammatical construction of the sentence will always determine 
which word is intended. 

Derivatives not given in the list are written in full. 

149 



150 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 



A. 



according (to) 

accordingly . < T7— . 
acknowledge .../. 

acknowledged 
acknowledging 
acknowledgment J 

administratrix kcr^ 

advantage ..J.. 

advantageous 
advantageously 
advantageousness 
disadvantage 

advertise „?... 

advertised 
advertising 
advertisement 
advertiser 



ah .... 
almost . 
already 
altogether 



r 



among .•*_*-. 
amongst 



-i1~k 



LU^ 



an-d ..".. 

angel ./... 

angelic 1 ZL "^ 
archangel J / 

anniversary .Sj^*.. 

another 

antagonistic - -„ - 

any ._ 

anybody 
anything 
anywhere 

archbishop 
architect-ure 
architectural 



;t 



aristocracy-tic 
artificial-ly . 
inartificial 



assemble-y ,h?>. 

assembled 
assembling 

astonish-ed .. 



astonishing 

astonishingly 

astonishment 






WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 



151 



awed -\ \ ? 

awing 

awe-struck 

awful 

aye (ever) ..-.. 

V 

aye (yes) .... 



B. 

B. V 
bank-note ...S-^. 

bankrupt ...>rf?>.. 

bankruptcy ,.\-^.. 

baptism JT^i. 

baptist 

because 

become ..V^,. 

becoming 

becomingly 

unbecoming 

before „Si. 

beforehand 

began 

begin ^ 

beginning 

beginnings 

beginner 
begun .rrr? 



belief-ve .S^. 

believed 
believing 
disbelief-ve 
unbelief 

belong „_>.. 

belonged 

belonging 

belongings 



beneficial-ly 



\; 



\ 



■Vl-^- 



■t 



\ \ 




benignant 
between „1_. 
beyond [..... 
bishopric ....V... 

brother „\. 

brother-in-law 

brethren 

brotherly 

brotherliness 

brotherhood 

but .\. 



fc> 



?- 






c. 



cabinet 



capable .....\_. 

capability 1 

incapable J - V 



152 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 



captain 
careful 



carefully 

catholic 

celestial-ly hJ.. 

certificate 

change ../.. 

changed 

changing 

changeableness 

exchange 

interchange 

interchanged 

unchangeable 

characteristic .^^__ 

charge ...... 

charged 

charging 

chargeable 

discharge 

discharged 

children :.J>. 
christian .... 



L,.. 



<■ 



* 



fJ..L 



Christianity 
circumstance .A. 

circumstantial 
citizen ..P... 
collect r_ 



-~Tf 



collected 1 c 

collecting J 



come 



coming 
income 



consequence 

consequent 1 
consequently 1 
consequential J 

contingency ..L... 

' 1 ' 

controversy }h... 
correct c 



corrected 
correcting 
correctly 
correctness 

could 

county 

cross-examine 

cross-examined 



n....c: 



^9 



cross-examining. .. 
cross-examination 



D. 4.. 
danger __U.. 
dangerous ..L 

December Jrx 
defendant ..!.. 
degree 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 



1 53 



delinquent ..p.. 

delinquency 

deliver ..£}.. 

delivered 

delivering 

delivery 

deliverance 

deliverer 

redeliver 

redelivery 

undelivered 

democracy-tic _ 

democrat Lrx 

describe 



fit 



described 
describing 
description 
descriptive 

develop ..L-.. 

developed 
developing 
development 
undeveloped 

did ..j... 

differ-ence-ent 

differed 

differing 

differences 

differential 

indifference 

difficult-y .. €=z . 
dignify | 



• s \l 



.K.-Ia^-.L^^.-Lx 



t b^^l 



dignified 1 
digniryingjL^b." 

dignity .|_. 
discriminate 



^l/ 7 



indiscriminate 

distinct „l... 

distinctness 1 
dictinctly \ 
indistinct J 
indistinctness 1 
distinctive 

distinguishing ..J. 
do ..!.. 

doing .1 r . 

1 
Dr. (doctor) ..'.... 

doctrine 

indoctrinate 



dollar ...... 

domestic .k^rnr. 

domesticate 
domestication 

during ..0... 
duration ..L.. 



l^r.l^rr^. 



dwell .1 

dw^. 
dwelling J "r 



dwelt n 



154 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 



E. 



E. .. v 
effect 



effected j 
effecting 1 
effective J 

electric (= 



electrical-ly 
electricity 
electrify 
electro- 
endeavor .„7X 

endeavored 

endeavoring 

episcopal .\ 

equality 

inequality 

especial-ly ) ... 

establish X. 

established 

establishing 

establishment 

evangelical .Ss^. 

ever .V.. 

executrix ....p. ... 



CU^f. 



.^rt. 



n 



VW 



experience .9^. 

experienced ] 
experiencing 1 ..<>\* c\ ...c* _ 
inexperienced J - ^ 



V 



extraordinary 
extraordinarily 



F. 



F. 



fact 



familiar 



familiarity 

familiarize 

familiarized 

familiarizing 

familiarly fU^--( 

unfamiliar 

February .V 

financial-ly 

first ..6... or S-P. 

firstly _>£>_.. 

for S^'. 



form 



\: 



formed 

forming 

inform 

informed 

information 

informer 

informal 

informality 

reform 

reformation 




found 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 



155 



frequent ...... 

frequented 

frequenting 

frequently 

infrequent 

unfrequented 

from 



-d--<sv"^-- 



gave ™ 

general-ly J.. 

generation ..L.. 

degeneration 
regeneration 

gentleman 



I-H 



gentlemanly 1 jf . 
gentlemen 



give-n 

go ...... ^ 

going .... 

govern _-r^= 



governed 
governing \ 
government J 
governmental 1 
ungovernable J 



governor 

Great Britain <r^S. 



H. 



H. s?x. 
had .J... 

half .St.. 

has 

have 

having ...... 

he ..J... 

health-y L.L. 

healthful 
healthfulness > 
healthily J 
healthiness •> 
unhealthy 

hear, here .r>y 

hearing 

hereafter 

hereat 

hereby 

herein 

hereof 

hereon 

hereto 

heretofore 

hereunto 

hereupon 

herewith 

heaven Ai. 

heavenliness 

heavenly 

heavenward 



qjysc 



=\ 



■v* 



■\ 



■cA- 




A- 



156 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 



held .„_.. 

beheld 
upheld 
withheld 



VV-fe 



help 

helped 

helping 

helpful 

helpfulness 

helpless 

helplessly 

helplessness 

her ...J 

herself ..jf-.k,. 
him ..j... 

himself .-L.v.. 

his ... 6 .. 

history ^. 

historian 1 
historic i K.. 
historical J 

home ^rr^. 

homeliness | 
homely \ 
homeward J 

hope .X. 

hoped 

hoping 

hopeful 

hopefulness 

hopeless 

hopelessness 



^ 



C£C±.CsC 



X 



•^ 



\C..\C. 



~\ 



horse 

horseman ...°Z?.. 

how ..}... 

however 1 b b 
howsoever f 



immediate 



immediately 
immediateness 



important-ce ...... 

importantly 1 
unimportant J " 

indispensable-y „7\. 

infer 



inferred 
inferring 
inferable 
inferential 



influence ^[^ 

influenced > 
influencing — y 

influential f— -^s— \x>." 
uninfluenced J 

inscribe 

inscribed ] &- a — 

inscribing f 

inscription J 



_. 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 



157 



insurance 



intelligent .~1/.. 

intelligence j 
intelligently j .</... ^C... V. 
intelligible J N 

intelligibleness 1 _ ._ 
intelligibility > \Z.^.....^J. 
unintelligible ] \ >• 

interrogatory 



L 



j. /. 

January 

Jr. (junior) 2 . 

jurisprudence ..?... 

K. 

K. yL-. 

kingdom 

knew 

knowledge ...... 

L. 

l. r.. 

language 

languish ...... 



N/'L, 



large ..:... 

larger 

largest 
largely 
largeness 

legislature Li... 

length-y ..Ta 

lengthwise ..T!L. 

long 

longer 1 *s ^-^ 
longest J 

M. 

M. .^. . 

malignant 
manufacture 

manufactured 

manufacturing 

manufacturer 

manufactory 

non-manufacturing 

unmanufactured 
manuscript 
Massachusetts ..O 
member .^r>. 
memorandum 

memoranda ! 

mental-ly „<n*. 
misdemeanor .C3| 





158 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES, 



mistake 



mistaking 
mistaken 
mistook 
unmistakable 

mortgage 



mortgaged 
mortgagee 
mortgaging 

movement ..^. 



N. w 

neglect >^rr. 

neglected 

neglecting 

neglectful 

negligence 

negligent 



N. 



•■I* 



never 

nevertheless 
new . 

newly ... 
New York 
next .^?. 
nobody Jtr 



Y 



notwithstanding 
November .....V. 



*t> 



now 



number 



X 



numbered 

numbering 

numberless 

outnumber 

unnumbered 



A!NZ! 



■W 



0. .../.. 
y... 

ob'ject ..... 

object .\. 

objected \ 
objecting 1 I 
objection 
objectionable j 

observe .X~- 



\|\\K 



observed 
observing 
observation J 

of ...... 

oh ../... 

opinion ..v. 

opinionated 
self-opinioned 

opportunity ..\.. 

r 

other ...... 

our 



v..v:..v. 



ourselves 



s 



L 



over 

overcome 

owe ../... 

owed 

owing 

owes 

own 



WORD-SIGNS AND TUEIR DERIVATIVES. 

perform .„L T . 

performance ... 
perpendicular .% 



1 59 



S-.6. 



owned 

owning 

owner 



p. 



<v 



p. _ N . 

parliament 

parliamentary 

part .._>.. 

parted r 

parting 
partly 
counterpart J 

particular 



particularity 
particularize 
particularly 
particulars 

peculiar .\... 



peculiarly 1 
peculiarity J 



pecuniary \. . 
people (n.) .5^. 



perpendicularity! 

phonography 

phonographer 1 W"^ 
phonographic j. 

plaintiff ..\. 

plenipotentiary 

popular-ity ..\ 



W^ 



-o 



popularly 1 
unpopular J 

possible-y ..„.. 

impossible 
possibility 

practicable-y 



practicability 
impracticable 
impracticability 

practical-ly 

impractical 

practice .„... 

practiced | 
practicing 
practices J 

preliminary 

prerogative 



\ 




160 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 



preservation .J^... 

principal-le .^.. 

principally 1 
unprincipled J " v 

privilege .?v 

privileged 

probable-y ..: 



% . 



improbable 
probability 
improbability 



proportion 

disproportion 

public-sh ..^iv- 

published 
publishing 
publication 
publicly 
unpublished J 



Q. 



Q. ._ 

qualify 



qualified 

qualifying 

qualification 

disqualify 

disqualification 

unqualified 




quality 

quarter 

question C_. 

questioned ] 
questioning > „73?_ 
questionable J 
unquestionable 1 "^^ 
cross-question J 



R. 



R. .^ 

recollect 



recollected 

recollecting 

recollection 



recover 



recovered 
recovering 
recoverable l 
irrecoverable r 

refer-ence .^... 



referred 1 
referring J 



regular /..... 

regularly 
irregular 
irregularly 
regularity 



<?.. 



P 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 



L61 



religion ^. 

irreligion T>y?. 

remark 

remarked 

remarking 

remarkable 



remember 

remembered j 
remembering \ 
remembrance 




represent 

represented 

representing 

representation 

representative 

misrepresent 

misrepresentation 

republic-sh 



republished 

republishing 

republican 

republication 

republicanism 



repugnant 

repugnancy 1 
repugnantly } 

respectful-ly /S^. 

responsible-y ./.. 

responsibility 

irresponsible-y 

irresponsibility 

resurrection 



A|A.Ao 



AwAj 



Rev. (reverend) ./\~. 
revolutionary ..p^... 
Roman Catholic Z...L 



s. .1. 

San Francisco 

P 
satisfaction ..?. 



s. 



•?_a- 



A-£. 



A A A .. 



dissatisfaction 
satisfactory L 

satisfactorily 1 Y )/ 
unsatisfactory J 

savings-bank L^. 

Savior JL. 

send ...... 

September 

several ..S,. 

severally 

shall A.. 

should ..J.. 

signify . 



signified 

signifying 

significance 

significancy 

significant 

signification 

insignificant 

insignificancy 



.AJ. 






162 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 



similar .„™ 

similarly 
similarity 
dissimilar 
dissimilarity 

single .^ 

singular ....£.. 

singularly 
singularity 

somewhat .&>.. 

somewhere .67. 

southern „C. 

-V 

speaking 
speakable 
spoke 
spoken 



bespoke 

bespoken 

outspoken 

unspeakable 

unspoken 

special-ly .\.. 

specification 

subject .\ . 

subjected 
subjecting 
subjective 
subjection 

subscription .S> 



.-A^- 



*jr 



vv^~\ 




.V\..W 






suggestion 



£.. 



superintendent ..^>.. 

• X 
surprise ...rl. 

surprised I \> \o 
surprising} 

swear ....:. 

swearing] o^ 

swore > ...... ....j j. 



sworn J 

sympathy <C£ 

sympathize 
sympathized 
sympathizing 
sympathetic 
sympathetical-ly J 

system ..P.. 



systematic 1 p 

systematize I 

systemize 



T. 

T - ] ( 

thank 

thanked ] L- ( ( 
thanking [ :..7T!\. 

Thanksgiving-day 

that ...... 

the ...... 

their, there ..L. 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 



103 



them .A.. 

themselves ..b.. 

these ..A.. 

thing .^. 

anything 
something 
nothing 
things 

think ..(... 

thinking 

thinks 

bethink 

thinker 

unthinking 

unthinkingly ; 



H 



time 

timely 1 V-/^\-f 
untimely J 

together .^^* 

transubstantiation d^.. 
truth ..!.. 



truthful 

truthfulness 

untruth 

untruthful 

untruthfulness 



<^ 



r 



l&i^PL 



United States .£... 
universe ./'... 
usual-ly .J. 

unusual-ly .^J. 
usury .^ 

usurious .^p. 



v. . v 
w. .3t. 

) 



V. 

W. 



was . 
were 
what 



u. 



U. .y.O». rt .. 

understood ^r: 
uniform .£"... 



whatever IP j 
whatsoever J ■*-•"■ 

when .c. 



whenever 
whensoever 

where .^f.. 



\3 



wherever 
anywhere 
nowhere 
somewhere 

which ../.. 

who-m .- f ... 

whoever ...... 



164 



WORD-SIGNS AND THEIR DERIVATIVES. 



whom 

width ._£.'.. 
will .f.. 

willing 

wilful 

willingly 

with ... c .. 

within ../... 

c 

without ...... 

world ..^.. 

worldliness 1 
worldly 

worth .__(_.. 

worthless 
worthlessness j 

worthy ...(.. 

worthier 

worthiest 

worthies 

unworthy 

worthily 

would ..„.. 



■f^-f^-P-'. 



.(C..1C. 



L.tl^l..k. 



Y. 

Y. £.. 

year .f.. 

years ] 

yearly \ f-^fy 

leapyear J f 

yet C 

young C 

younger 1 s> s~ 
youngest] ' 

you - u .or.. o .. 
your .f... 

yours r r 

yourself \ ./T....b.....b... 
yourselves J 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED 

There are some words whose outlines if written according to 
general rules would be alike, or so similar that they might be mis- 
taken for each other. It is therefore necessary to provide for care- 
ful distinctions between such words. Words of the same part of 
speech are most liable to conflict, although it is sometimes neces- 
sary to distinguish words of different parts of speech. 

The general principles of word-building provide for distinguish- 
ing a great many words which are not included in the list of words 
specially distinguished. For example, such words as let and led, 
■write and ride, are distinguished by using the half-length where the 
final sound is t, and using the stem where the final sound is d, as 
explained on page 24. Such words as wait and weighed are dis- 
tinguished by using the stem W when the word ends with t, and 
the breve-w and the stem D when the word ends with d, as explained 
on page 30. Words ending in tl and dl are distinguished by halv- 
ing the stem preceding I when the word ends in tl; as, „£_. petal, 

F r ' 

.:.... cattle, brittle, .<~C metal, ..^. fatal; while words ending 

in dl are represented by the stem D and the 1-hook; as, ..X._ paddle, 

...}.. coddle, ..r.. bridal, .:f. medal, .^.. fiddle.. 

Frequently the shorthand outline can' 'be made to indicate where 
the vowels occur, as explained in Lesson XXVI., page 60. While 
the lesson referred to relates only to initial and final vowels, the 
principles may often be applied to the middle of an outline, the 
stem being used where a vowel follows the sound which it repre- 
sents, and a hook or other modification being used where no vowel 

165 



166 WORDS DISTINGUISHED 

follows; as, „ A Canada, ..__«■. candy; ..Y.. 1 ?.. paradise, S\^.. pro- 

duce; :<rV America, ^b^^. murky; .,:(•.._. palace, ..Na .^place; 

.t^v carrot, cart. 

The following list contains the words which have been found 
most liable to conflict. It would be impracticable to include all 
words which might conflict. The stenographer will sometimes find 
it necessary to provide special forms for words which are used in a 
certain line of business. Distinctions may be made either by differ- 
ences of outline or by differences of position. 

The words in the following list are presented in duplicate; first, 
in groups showing the words which it is necessary to distinguish 
from each other; second, independently, so that any word may be 
readily found whether the other words of the group are known or 
not. The words extending to the left-hand margin are in alpha- 
betic order, while those indented are out of their alphabetic order 
and appear elsewhere in the list, with a reference to the group in 
which they belong. For example, if it is desired to ascertain the 
outline adopted for the word property, by referring to the alpha- 
betic list this word with its shorthand outline will be found. A ref- 
erence is there given to the word appropriate, and by turning to 
this word the group of words {appropriate, property, propriety, and 
purport) will be found. This arrangement makes the list conve- 
nient for reference. 

A few phrases which require distinction are included in the list. 

In studying the "Words Distinguished," groups only may be 
selected if desired, as the single words are in every instance dupli- 
cate3 of those found in the groups. 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



167 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED 



A. 



an 
the, 

abandoned 1 \ 
abundant ' 



about when 
by the way 

above 1 V 
before | "1 



\ 



V 



V 



absence 
business 

absolute 
obsolete 

absolutely 
obsoletely 



abundant \^. (see abandoned) 



accession 
accusation 
causation 



account 
amount 
cotton 
kind 

accusation 



1 



(see accession) 



active ~ ^ ^""^ 
heavy J : 



acute , 
cute | '^" 

adamant 
demand 
diamond J 

adjoin 1 / J 
join} 



adjudge 
judge 



administered 

administrate 
demonstrate 
demonstrated j 

administration 
demonstration 



uut; 






admit 

deemed j t^"P;»'" 

adoration j ^ ~ 
derision 1 \/...S\.-Sj. 
duration I 

adultery 
idolatry 

advantage 
age 
joy 

advantageous 
joyous 



168 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



adverse ] 

diverse [ JL.-.L^.L^. 
Hivorcp, ^° o o 



advert 
divert 




affirm 
confirm 
conform 
form 
frame 



<L~. 



affirmation 
confirmation 
conformation 
formation 



tix 
fix 




after 
for 
of 



L..L... 



afterward 
forward 



)W*. 



again 

altogether 1 -r—> — 

together 

age ../.. (see advantage) 



agent 

gentleman 
gentlemen 
giant 



L 



L 



aggregate 
correct 
corrected 



all the time 
from the time 



almost 
most 




altitude 
latitude 



altogether (see again) 



amelioration 
melioration 



amiable I ^~^. """fc 
humble} — X V 

amount (see account) 

an (see a) 

analogy 1 V "/ 
knowledge J 

and with 1 * £ 
and without J — c — 



anew l 
new J tc: 

animal 
anomaly 

annexed j 
first 1 > 
next 



anomaly .^Z^!... (see animal) 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



169 



another 
any other 
no other 

anterior 
interior 

any 1 
no I '<^ 



anybody ] 
nobody f 



any one 
none 
no one 



any other (see another) 



anything 1 
nothing ] 



.X, 



apart 1 
part J 



v \ 



apathetic 1 
pathetic J 



appertain ) V] 
pertain J 



apportion 1 \9 

operation \ 

portion J 



apposite 
opposite 



apposition 
composition 
opposition 
position 
possession 



-V 



\>, \> 



-\* -N* 



^ 



approbation 
probation 
prohibition 

appropriate 
property 
propriety 
purport 

appropriation 
preparation 
proportion 

approximate 1 
proximate J 

approximation 
proximation 

are 
were 
where 



arm 
army 

around 
or not 

ashore 
shale 
shallow 
shell 

shoal 
shore 

assign 
consign I 
sign J 

assigned 
consigned 
signed 

assignee 
consignee 




12 



.2J...1. 



) 1 



170 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



assignment 1 }_> ^ 
consignment J 

assignor 1 ^ 
consignor J 



assure 
sure 



k> 



assured 1 

shrewd J -^/ •-•--/ - 

assuredly 1 

shrewdly} -j^—J- 

... (see other) 



at all 

at her 
at or 
at our 
at your 



l 

at least/ """ f m " 

theism | ^f- 

atheist 
theist 



at last 1 ¥* 
at least j '" 

atheism } 



atheistic 1 

theistic J §-^"4" 

atonement ] 

attainment [ .&.:k=„L_o.. 
tenement J 

attainable \ l i 
tenable] \ ^-^ 

attention | 

contention \ La..^j?...La. 
continuation 



auditor 
auditory 

daughter 

debtor 

doubter 

editor 

autumn ] U^ 
time 



V^i.J.i.. s 



available 
valuable 
voluble 

avert 



.^V^A... 



convert I ■ - 



avocation | 

vacation 1 .^^Z?.:k^a..Vs^a. 

vocation 



avoid 
void 



oid/-| 



avoided 1 V^ ^, 
voided J " 

avouch 1 
vouch | 



W 



avow 1 ^_ V<_ 
vow | 



awake 
wake 



awaken 1 
waken f 



awoke 1 ""N 
woke | 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



171 



B. 



babe 1 
babyj 




bank 1 
panic J 

bank account 
bank note 

barber 
briber 
bribery 

barley)^ \s 
barrel I " 



beatify 
beautify 

became 1 
become I 



before ..S>. (see above) 

beheld \ V^ 
behold -No-^ - 




^ 



berth 
birth 
breath / 

blast 1 \, *V" 
plaster J 

blasted j %p V 
plastered J " 

blaster 1 \> %T 
plasterer J 



blasting 1 \V 
plastering J " 



box ..?^?. (see bags) 

boxes .^ttP. (see bags) 

breath ..\.. (see berth) 

briber .^TS^. (see barber) 

bribery ...N^/. (see barber) 

bright \ f\ % 
broad j r 

brood 1 
bruit 1 .cv 
brute J 

burned ] \ V 
burnt -V-^" 



business ._%_ (see absence) 

by a 1 \ \ 
by the] "— 

by and by 1 \ V 
by the by J \ \ 

by the way .„?:. (see about when) 



-<s <\ 



c. 



cabin 
captain 



,) 



(see come) 



capital 1 
capitol J 

captain (see cabin) 

caricature | c / c 
character f 



172 



W0RD8 DISTINGUISHED. 



causation (see accession) 

caused 1 

cost J 



caustic 1 7T 
exotic J ' 



~L 



cease 
seize 



h 



■■> 



ceased 1 

seized J -g—y 

cessation I J 
secession f ~"~y~ 



character 



... (see caricature) 

Charleston 1 }* /^ 
Charlestown J 

chlorate ) <-/\ 
chloride J 

city | 

seat \ .p_....p..-.£ 
settee 



clear 1 c 
queer J 

coalition 
collation 
collision 
collusion 

collapse ] 




eclipse 
collation ^J.... (see coalition) 

collision ,. (see coalition) 

collusion /2(see coalition) 



come 

came I .-^^..-^ 

go J 
comes 1 

goes J™ "" 

coming 1 
going J ~'" 

communication 
concussion 
connection 

comparative 
operative 
co-operative 




composition .'.V\. (see apposition) 

compositor] \ \ 
pastor 
pasture 



concussion 



(see communication) 
condemnation ] . 

V^rr^D. kr^>.. 



damnation \ 
domination 



conductor 1 
doctor I 






(see affirm) 




confirm 
confirmation 


conform .„T^\.... (see affirm) 
conformation .. 

(see i 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



173 



Connecticut 1 
Kentucky J 

connection -_r=3 

(see communication) 

Connelly 1 zs L ry 
O'Connellj " 

Connor 1 ^ >j 

O'Connor} ~" 

consequent 1 Q 
second f " 



.?->. 



consequently 1 
secondly 

consider j 

construe j T 

considerate 1 p 
considered j Xr- cp 

consign :..r.. (see assign) 



(see assigned) 
. (see assignee) 



consigned 
consignee 



consignment .._.*?. (see assignment) 

consignor ....sL^(see assignor) 

construe ...... (see consider) 

contend 
content 



contends 1 ~^> 
contents J "" 

contention _3~2. (see attention) 

continuation ..L^). (see attention) 

convert „k.. (see avert) 



convulsion | 

valuation 1 .VO....v^...>s/... 
violation J 

co-operative _Y._ 

(see comparative) 



copied 
occupied 
kept 

copy 1 

occupy \ 
keep j 

cork 1 ,cr 
crack J " 



corn I 
gram j 

corporal 
corporeal 

correct . w (see aggregate) 

corrected .T.-.....1. (see aggregate) 

cost (see caused) 

cotton ..A. (see account) 



country. 1 
kindred f " 



countryman ) 
countrymen J 

c 

crack (see cork) 



crammed 1 
cramped j 



cute ..^_.. (see acute) 



174 WORDS 

D. 

damnation fcr>=?.. 

(see condemnation) 

daughter ..V... (see auditor) 

dear j - 

true | ±...a..L 
truth J S^ 

debtor „J._. (see auditor) 

decease 1 

disease J b "1" 

deceased 1 

diseased J jo'i"' 

deception 1 l I 
dissipation J ^"^vJ" 

dedicate | 
deduct \ I...L.U 
detect J L 

dedication 1 

deduction I _L^>. L^_ 

detection j l_z> 

deemed j-. ; . (see admit) 

defer 
defray J 

deflect lj U. 
diffract [{*■—--— \^- 

deflection 1 J ^ 
diffraction J^---------\v^ 

defray A.... (see defer) 

deliver 1 
delivering > .r_..r i\ 
delivery J 



DISTINGUISHED. 



demand b?.. (see adamant) 

demonstrate kra. 

(see administered) 

demonstrated kr^>_. 

(see administered) 
demonstration krs>.. 

(see administration) 

derision A... (see adoration) 

desiccation j . ■ 

discussion \ dbP.drn^lcnT.. 

dissection J 

destination 
destine 
distinction 



bit 



detect L.. (see dedicate) 
detection L_5. (see dedication) 
device .k\.. (see advice) 

J |V\ 

diamond r?.. (see adamant) 



did 
do 
had 



did you ever 1 ■ ^ 
did you have J f ' "fr 

did you give 1 ~ 

did you go J Ll" UlT 

diffract .t^ (see deflect) 
diffraction .by^ (see defection) 
discussion dr?. (see desiccation) 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



17.-) 



disease .A... (see decease) 

diseased ._!.. (se^ 

disproportionate 1 
disproportioned J 



dissection urz.. (see desiccation) 

dissipation ok,.... (see deception) 

distinction !._. (see destination) 

distribute 1 [r^\ 
disturb J b' fi "■ V 

diverse Lr^. (see adverse) 

divert Lv (see advert) 

divorce Lr^ (see adverse) 

do -J— (see did) 

do you ever In n 
do you have j \^ " 

doctor (Dr.) ...... (see conductor) 

domination k^>.(see condemnation) 

doubter ..^.. (see auditor) 

druggist 1 q 1 

drug-store I .U^..L-^.. L ^'. 

drygoods-store J 

dullness 1 
idleness j 

duration ..L. (see adoration) 



6h 



each 1 / 
which}"/ -■-'"' 



earnestly I ~*\ s ~n 

erroneously J ■--«*-»— --W* 



easier . 

7 



eclipse .'rrzx^see collapse) 
editor L . (see auditor) 
effect _S==«. (see affect) 
elder /..J. (see /afer) 
eldest jL.L (see latest) 
else 1 /^° /"° 



emerge 
immerge \ 
merge J 

emersion 
immersion 
mersion 

emigrate 

immigrate 1 - 
migrate 

emigration 
immigration 
migration 

equality 1 

equity \ 

quality J 



erroneously 

eruption 
irruption 
ruption 



Be earnestly) 



176 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



oternity 
trinity 



over 
every 






exercise 
exorcise 

exotic ( 



caustic) 




expansion 
explanation 
extension 
extenuation 



expansive 1 
expensive 1 
extensive J 

extension .t^tsJ?. 

(see expansion) 

extenuation _-rr^_^> 

(see expansion) 

extract' 1 ~~77~ — $ 
extricate J """ 

extraction ] 7) 
extrication 



F. 



<_ 



fact (see affect) 

fairly } V^^ 

thoroughly J ""^^ 



falsehi 
falsity 

falsifier 

philosopher J 



,..u 



Y I 



<^ 



fancy 1 
fantasy J 

farmer ^r-> 

former 



favored I 
favorite i 



feet 1 

foot J \^""£ 




finally} V VT 
finely J ~"* 

find 1 ^o 
found J V^ 

first ..a... (see annexed) 



fiscal 1 

physical j \y-— 



fix 



(see affix) 



float 1 
flowed [ 



fluency 
frenzy 






foot . {see feet) 



for 



see after) 



C] 



forgetting} 
forgotten J "x 

form (see affirm) 



formally } 
formerly J ' 

formation .V^r^.(see affirmation) 

former ..^TT. (see farmer) 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



formerly .„*C/... (see formally) 



±£ 



forms 
office j 

for use 
for yourself 

forward ..."f!>. (see afterward) 
found (seeflnd) 



y t 



frame :s^t>. (see affirm) 
frenzy k\ (see fluency) 

from the time 

(see all (he time) 

full (adj.)) 

full (v.) .^.„V...^.. 

fully J V ^ ^ 

funeral 1 
funereal f 



garden 
guardian 

garnet 1 _ 
granite J " 

genteel 
genteely 
gentle-y 
gentlemanly 
jointly 



n 



jrpf*- 



gentleman (see agent) 

gentlemen ..J... (see agent) 



German 1 ? J 

germane] * " 

giant ..hf.. (see agent) 



gilt 
gold 
guilt 


• ua ^ Sm .^ r 


go (see come) 


God 1 

guide J 


-n 







goes 


(see comes) 


going 


...(see coming) 


gold ..<=-. 


(see. gilt) 


gradation 1 c 1 ^ 
graduation J """ 


grain sr 




(see corn) 



granite (see garnet) 

^~1 
guardian ....V. (see garden) 

guide .... !. (see God) 

guilt .— (see gilt) 



H. 



had (see did) 

had not ] . \ 
was not ...„r..... 

wasn't j 

halve | \_ 
have 



178 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



^X 1 \ \r v 

happily \ 

partly J 



hardly 
heartily 
mortally 

have I 



sv , 



i halve) 



have not 1 
haven't J 

heartily ..„..'.... (see hardly) 



heavy v,.. 



(see active) 



held 



hold ^ 



her 
our 



hereafter 
hereof 
whereof 



s 



hereat 
whereat 



y\ >/| 



herein 
hereon 



k~=Vv 



hereof .^P. (see hereafter) 
hereon .7x..... (see herein) 

hereto 1 

whereto J y/\-=/\ 

herewith 

wherewith f y^-y^ 



hers 
ours 



^Z.. 



Highland 
Holland 
island 
land 



v 7 ^r /> r 



a (^d0< 



him 
me 

himself 
myse 

history 

mystery J p^ 

hold ..o.. (see /eeft/) 

Holland (see Highland) 

honestlyj -—^ "^ 
nicely 



horse racing 1 
horse raising j 

however j ^ ^ 
how fai 



1 



humble 



(see amiable) 

i. 



I am not 1 ^ ^ 
I can not J 

I could not 1 

I mean to | 'r^'*^ 



idleness .A... (see dullness) 

V~1 

idolatry ./.„.: (see adultery) 



ill .^7. (see already) 

ill bred 
well bred 



)^...C... 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



179 



illiterate \ ^\ ^ 
literate [ u ?"" 



immaterially 1 
immaturely J 



i m merge 



immersion 




emerge ) 



emersion ) 

.... (see emigrate) 



immigrate 

immigration ^. 

(see emigration) 

impaired 1 ^-^ ^~^\ 
important j 

impassionate 
impassioned 
impatient 



important (see impaired) 



inattention 
intention 



incense 

nuisance [ <zso5>"^& 



r^ 




incessant 
unceasing 

indebted 
indicted 
undoubted 
undated 

indeed 
in doubt 






in him 

indication 
induction 



"-1 "-i l 






indicted (see indebted) 

induction L?. (see indication) 

in doubt - L (see indeed) 



in effect 1 
in fact 



inevitable-y 
unavoidable-y 

inform 
notify J 

information 
notification 

informed 1 
notified J 

informing 
notifying 

ingenious 1 
ingenuous J (^ 

in him (see indeed) 



inner 
near 




innerve 
nerve 
unnerve 

innovation 
invasion 



intention >^J2. (see inattention) 

intentionally 1 C ^-~y 
knowingly j 



180 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



interested 

understood j "<^v^j 

interior ^X,/.- (see anterior) 

nvasion .7T>o. (see innovation) 

rruption .<tC\) (see eruption) 

island ..C (see Highland) 
it was . 

what was [ .£.. ..).... .6. 

which was 



January 1 (^ 
June J J 

Johnson 1 J J> 

Johnston J "" 

join ..Y... (see adjoin) 
jointly (2:.. (see genteel) 
joy ../... (see advantage) 
joyous A... (see advantageous] 
judge ../. (see adjudge) , 
June .../. (see January) 

K. 

keep rr^\^(see copy) 

Kentucky tz^^. 

(see Connecticut) 

kept r^\(see copied) 

kind (see account) 

kindred -~/\- (see country) 



know 
own 



knowingly 

(see intentionally) 

knowledge ...... (see analogy) 



knows 
owns 



lacerate 
ulcerate 



c 



laceration 
ulceration 



(2 

land ...... (see Highland) 



late 
old 



later 
elder 
older 



eldest 1 j^...Ck.st\. 

oldest J 

latitude (see altitude) 



learned 
lear 



ned 1 ^ r— 
n'ed}--- 6 - 



1 Te)A,-A,- 



loaned [ 



lent 



c~a 



less ./... (see else) 



WOK 1)8 DISTINGUISHED. 



LSI 




licorice 
liquors J 

likely 
luckily 

liquors .^....(see licorice) 

literate .ffX (see illiterate) 

live ^L.. (see leave) 

loaned ._£?... (see lent) 

luckily L (see likely) 



machine 
mission 

machinery 
missionary 

manufactory 
manufacture 
manufacturer 



marked 
market 




materially 1 
maturely J 

me „™ (see Mm) 

melioration .cr\/_. 

(see amelioration) 

melt ^r>C. (see mold) 

melter .<t^/. ... (see molder) 

memoranda 
memorandum 



merge -r^/I. (see emerge) 
mersion .<rr>^ (see emersion) 

migrate (see emig rate) 

migration (see emigration) 



mine 
my ow 



.1 



mining 
Montana 
mountain 



ministry 
monastery J 

min'ute •~^_- / 

minute' \ .rr?...^7^rq.._TA. 
month j 

misses ] ^_^ 

Mrs. J -^---J 

mission . . (see machine) 

missionary .__ == ^._, 

(see machinery) 



mixed 
mixture J 

mold 
melt 

molder 
melter 



monastery £...|(see ministry) 

Montana k^.(see mining) 

month (..(see minute) 

mortally *£!....( see hardly) 




182 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



most .<rs>. (see almost) 

mountain (see mining) 

Mrs. .C?^. (see misses) 

murderess j cr - ^ <r - s . 

murderous > L L.CTTTTb.. 

murders J / 

my own (see mine) 

myself .T77^..>. (see himself) 

mystery .T3l/.. (see history) 



N. 



fzi. 



narrated 1 
quoted J 

near (see inner) 

nerve v.. (see innerve) 

new . <1 ^,. (see anew) 

Newark 1 ^^^ ( 



New York J 

New York City 1 T T 
New York State j "X 1™ 

next .w?. (see annexed) 

y 

nicely ..:... (see honestly) 
no .-^^ (see awy) 
nobody .*^S (see anybody) 
none .v— ?. (see owy owe) 
no one .w^ (see owy owe) 
no other ^^^. (see another) 



not necessary 1 ^ ^ 
unnecessary J 

nothing ...Aw* (see anything) 

notification .Js^D_. 

(see information) 

notified .^s,. (see informed) 
notify ...S^.(see inform) 
notifying ...s^^see informing) 



now 
on him 



nuisance .- < - :B -- (see incense) 



obsolete .:f... (see absolute) 

obsoletely ...ST.. (see absolutely) 

occupied (see copied) 

occupy (see copy) 

O'Connell t (see Connelly) 

O'Connor J. (see Connor) 

of ...<.. (see after) 

of him 1 

of whom [ *' 



office (see forms) 

old >£.. (see /ate) 
older /.:.. (see later) 
oldest >/3 (see latest) 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



1 83 



on him (see now) 

on the whole I -JT^ "-y 
undoubtedly J 

operation .Vl. (seo apportion) 

operative „>^. (see comparative) 



operator 
porter 

opposite ...:P (see apposite) 
opposition :*?.. (see apposition) 



oppressor 
pursuer 



or not 



(see around) 



O'Reilly 1 
Reilly J " 

O'Rourke 1 
Rourke J 



other 

their, there 
at all 



111 



othei 
thei 



Birs j 



our -<T.. (see her) 

ours (see hers) 

over 1^ 
very J " 

overarch 
overreac 



overdi 
overdrew 



OT ]kt 

•ew J l v^ 



overlade 1 ^/1 ^/1 
overload j 

overran 1 V/" C P 
overrun J 

overreach .^..yf. (see overarch) 

F*fr 



oversaw 
oversee 
oversew 




A 



overshade 
overshadow 

overtake 
overtook 

overthrew 
overthrow 



overtook ^-..... (see overtake) 

own (see knoio) 

owns (see knows) 



panic ....rrr: (see bank) 

Parisian .\J?. (see Persian) 

part .->... (see apart) 

partly „. (see haply) 

partner 
part owner 

party .XL (see apart) 



passable 



|.\\, 



184 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



past 



I \». N>. V 



passionate 1 \, 
patient } — -j— ■ - 

past ...„. (see passed) 
pastor .„.. (see compositor) 
pasture ,.\. (see compositor) 
pathetic .\.... (see apathetic) 

patient .\}.. (see passionate) 



pattern 1 

patron J *T 



..j-. (see passed) 



pellucid 1 ^ 

placid/ Vt-f- 



onnsylvania lv/l v 

Pittsylvania J - 1S - S ^^-- --V^- - 



V- 



penury 
pioneei 

people (n.) 

people (v.) 

pupil 

per cent 
personate 
present 
pursuant 

perhaps 1 

propose > \^.^\^. S/^q. 
purpose ] ^ 



\Z-..\^..V... NA 



permanent 1 
preeminent 1 
prominent J 

persecute ) 
prosecute J 

persecution 
prosecution 

Persia 
Prussia 



).Vi 



Persian 1 

Parisian J \d~.\?...?Ss.. 
Prussian j 

personate JS/Z.. (see per cent) 

pertain ..\. (see appertain) 

petrifaction 
putrefaction 

petrified 1 

putrefied J vj"" 

petrify 
putrefy 



philosopher 

(see falsifier) 
physical .l__... (seejiscal) 
pioneer ..\^.., (see perxury) 

Pittsylvania ...\_„.._. 

(see Pennsylvania) 
placid .-T- (see pellucid) 



plainer 1 \ 
plenary J "' ^*' 



•V- 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



1 85 



plaster ..„.„. (see blast) 
plastered ..„.. (see blasted) 

plasterer (see blaster) 

plastering (see blasting) 

plenary %^y (see plainer) 

ure}\^V 

poorer 1 
purer J 

poorly 
purely 

poorness 
pureness 

portend 1 \A 
pretend 



poor 
P 




\^ 



porter .-S^, . (see operator) 
portion „\^. (see apportion) 
position .n^. (see apposition) 
possession .^pL (see apposition) 
possible ..„. (see passable) 

predicate 
predict 

product 

protect 

predication 
prediction 

production. 

protection 



^ 



preeminent ^^-C see permanent) 

prefer 
proffer 

premise 

promise j 
preparation^ (see appropriation) 



prescribe 
proscribe 

prescription 
proscription 



present ..>j_x. (see per cent) 

pretend ...\.. (see portend) 

princes 1 
princess J "5" "\ 

probation „V 

(see approbation) 

product (see predicate) 

production (see predication) 

proffer .._^-.. (see prefer) 

prohibition fv... 

(see apjnobation) 

prominent 

(see permanent) 

<\ 

promise ...xTT? (see premise) 

property \/\.. 

(see appropriate) 



186 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



proportion „cV\„.. 

( see appropriation ) 

proportionate! c\ c^ 
proportioned J -\v— --\^> 

propose ..S^.. (see perhaps) 

propriety „!\^.... 

(see appropriate) 

proscribe ..^tn^ (see p rescribe) 




proscription 

( see prescription) 

prosecute . °7T. . . ( see persecute ) 

prosecution ,<^ .-). 

(see persecution) 

protect . ( v_ {see- predicate) 



protection 

(see predication) 



proximate ..rrr^.. 

(see approximate) 

proximation ^w^^.. 

(see approximation) 

Prussia „\Z. (see Persia) 

Prussian „\i. (see Persian) 

pupil ...\.. (see people) 

pure \y.. (see poor) 

purely \-/- (see poorly) 

pureness x^/Cr^. (see poorness) 

purer \^^(see poorer) 



purport .\\ (see appropriate) 
purpose \lS> ( see perhaps ) 
pursuant .\J^. (see per cent) 
pursuer -WV-— (see oppressor) 
putrefaction ...„1 :y. 

(see petrifaction) 

putrefied -V- - (see petrified) 
putrefy -V---+- (see petrify) 



Q. 

quality S~.. (see equality) 
queer .rrr£!y (see clear) 
quoted fzn. (see narrated) 



R. 

reassume 1 

resume J ■^)^-- r> ^- 

recall 1 /* — / 
recollect J 

recognize 
recommence 



%*.. 



recollect .</. (see recall) 



recommence .^S^R 

(see recognize) 

red 
ruddy 

refiner 1 A^,A/ 
refinery J 



A A. 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



87 




reflect ] J> ' y7\_ 
refract J 

raflectioi 
refraction 



refract .<.... _Vr( see reflect) 
refraction .^..\r 2> . (see reflection) 

register ] 

registrar I <^_ s$^....s#^.... 

registry J 

Reilly .<_.. (see O'Reilly) 

renewed 1 

ruined J ■^ rr1 ^ c ^-- 

representation 
reputation 

resume .^^.(see reassume) 
Rourke .y/1.... (see (JRourke) 
ruddy /^\..(see red) 
ruined .^^(see renewed) 
ruption ,/'.\i(see eruption), 



s. 



sofa \ .N*»..}s=. 
stove 

very well 

state I L.J... J, 
stated 



school 1 n 
skill j e^-T 2 "-- 

scorch | Q // "V 

scratch J 

seat „£.. (see city) 

secession .a., (see cessation) 

second .9^.. (see consequent) 

secondly 5bC (see consequently) 

seize ..^.. (see cease) 

seized . (see ceased) 

send 1 

sent J 'O'"*^'* 

separate 
separated 

spared 

sport 

spread 

support 

suppurate 

separation 
suppression 
suppuration J 

settee ..£.. (see city) 

several 1 9 P 
severally] >»t?^-- 

-1 



°s 



*r 






"Sj % V». 



shade 
shadow 



shale ..^^i. (see ashore) 
shallow .r:..... (see ashore) 
shell .J/,, (see ashore) 



188 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



ehoal .-yJ..;. (see ashore) 
shore ..JJ.. (see ashore) 
shrewd ...Q.. (see assured) 



t 



shrewdly A... (see assuredly) 

sign (see assign) 

signed (see assigned) 

situation 1 /° P 
station * 



skill 



school) 



society . ^ 
system J T"T" 

sofa Js,. (see safe) 

V 

spared .._^\ (see separate) 
special class I V c — ° <l 

Sllb-claSS J "V ->iiirr 

special committee 1 Q * 
sub-committee J "y\ "" 

special contract 1 R \_ %\ 
sub-contract J "y 

sport \/. (see separate) 
(see separate) 



•v 



staid 1 p 
steady J T 

staidness 
steadiness 



)t 



u 



state .J... (see said) 
stated .A., (see said) 



statesman 1 jL^ j> 
statesmen J 

station ..D.. (see situation) 
steadiness .l_9. (see staidness) 
steady ...I., (see staid) 
stove ..-L.(see safe) 
sub-class \.. n (see special class) 

sub-committee \|. 

(see special committee) 

sub-contract \...... 

(see special contract) 

support \<. (see separate) 



suppose 1 9^ 



supposed 



suppression ./\J. 

(see separation) 

suppurate \>s. (see separate) 

suppuration \y^.. 

(see separation) 



sure ...4. (see assure) 

suspend 1 ^ p _ 
sustained J ~~"~" 

system ... p.. (see society) 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



189 



take part J 

take up j *~ | \- u - ->^ 



taste 
test 



taster 
tester 



tenable ..L^.... (see attainable) 
tenement L^r^.. (see atonement) 
test ..a., (see taste) 
tester ..u.. (see taster) 

thanked | 

thank the G- ( ( ( 

thawed » * 

thought 

the ..... (see a) 

their ..!... (see other) 

theirs ..*?.. (see others) 

theism ..[... (see atheism) 

theist ./... (see atheist) 

theistic ..(-.... (see atheistic ) 



t 



there \. . (see other) 



there are 
there were 

thereat { C 



thereto I 



i 



therein /> 



thereof [ f. 
thereon 



thereinto 1 r 

thereunto} '(j ^-j 

thereof ...v. (see therein) 

thereon (see therein) 

thereto .£... (see thereat) 
thereunto .L_^ . (see thereinto) 

L 



these 1 
this 1 -)---(- 
those J 

thoroughly .\sf. (see fairly) 
thought ...... (see thanked) 

time (see autumn) 



to sell 
to use 



f 



too young 1 ^ 
to your J T ~"s~ 

together —— ■. (see again) 

£. 



totally 
wholly 



in M 



train 
turn 



k! 



trinity ..!.. (see eternity) 
true ..!.. (see flfear) 
truth .J... (see dear) 
turn .]/? (see train) 



190 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



U. 

ulcerate .0:.. (see lacerate) 
ulceration .Q?.. (see laceration) 
unavoidable 



(see inevitable) 
unceasing '.^X-. (see incessant) 

undated .„Jj (see indebted) 

understood ."^— -P. 

(see interested) 



undoubted 



"1 



-r 



indebted) 



undoubtedly 

(see on the whole) 

unnecessary .w^_9^ 

(see not necessary) 

unnerve .^Tr^V^see innerve) 
use 1 f C 

yourself j b 

uses | s~ 
yourselves J 5 



vacation .N-^^>(see avocation) 

valiant 1 \\j° 
violent J 

valiantly | C„ \^r 
violently J "r 

valuable ..;r>%. (see available) 

valuation V3. (see convulsion) 




Vanderbilt 
Vanderpoel 

very .S- .. (see over) 

very well \X ... (see safely) 

violation S-J.... (see convulsion) 

violent „r... (see valiant) 



violently .T~ (see valiantly) 

vocation >-^> (see avocation) 

void (see avoid) 

voided „_7|_ (see avoided) 
voluble V{-. (see available) 
vouch .^7... (see avouch) 
vow ...„. (see avow) 

w. 

wake a™ (see awake) 
waken .4^, (see awaken) 
was not ..Sr-.. (see had not) 
wasn't ..... (see had not) 

we all 
we are 
we will 
what will 



we can 
what can 

we can not 
what kind 



L..^.£. 



WORDS DISTINGUISHED. 



191 



we would 1 

would we j ^ "T 

well .0. .. (see already) 

well-bred C. .... (see ill-bred) 

were ..y:. (see are) 

were not 

were there j "/> y^ - 

wet s, 'j 

white .^ '.. 

wide J 

what can (see we can) 

what kind (see we can not) 

what was ../.. (see it was) 

what will ..y... (see we all) 

when ~N 

whether 1 .c. 
why j 

when did you 1 „ 

when do you I .o. _.c. I. ...<.- 
when had you J ^ 

where .^... (see are) 

whereat .IlA (see her eat) 

whereof (see hereafter) 

whereto . y A. (see hereto) 

wherewith .^1. (see herewith) 



whether ..TX. (see ichen) 

which ../.. (see each) 

which was ..6... (see it was) 

white .„).. (see wet) 

wholly .^T. (see totally) 

why (see when) 

wide ...'.. (see wet) 

woke ^^ (see awoke) 

woman j 

women h^-""\^' 



would we ... (see we would) 



■ ""3 



yes 
yes, sir 



Y. 



you are 

you were \ '£?.. f< y..-J?. 

you will j 

you are not 1 

you were not 

you were there | ~gf~ ( ^-iv* J - ( fr 

you will not 

yourself h... (see. use) 

yourselves ..6 . (see uses) 



young man 
young men 



B.^. 



192 



PHRASES. 



a contract .h-... 


all our .'.... 
all right 


a great deal *-r.. 


all the 1. 

all their ./ 

along their .Sr-rr. 


a great deal of .x-r. 
a great many n^tTT^. 


a year ago .£... 
able to .£.. 


although there is /.(.. 

/Ok *° 

always there ~. 


about how far T^X-.- 


always was °\-. 


about such matters ^L^- 


am I 


about that time .A... 


among all .Ss. 


about when ...c. 


amoDg all their 5^<r 


above all X.. 


among its ._**. 


according to the 


among our s_^. 


according to your 

after all ..-^. 

after business hours .S-^....,^,. 


among us .si . 


an emergency .\rr^/7. 
and a 


again and again rm- y 


and are you ^7. 


against the .-r7». 


and as the 


against us rr9=>. 


and as there is 


against you .tto. 


and as there has been „„Sv_ 


all of C... 

all of your .. 


and as they are 

and company . \w^. 



PHRASES. 



193 



and has the 

and have 

and have a 

and have been ...V. 

and I 

and I have been .'.r\. 

and is not 

and is the 

V 

and of 

and of the 

and so forth ..V. 
and that ..: ... 
and that is the ..r... 
and the ...... 

and the other .2 . 

and we 

and were you .^y 
and with _._. e 

and without 

any more than 

any one - <fc?s -. 
any one else .... < ^^^_ 
any one else there - c --^ s - 
any one there ~ 



any other v< ^^. 
any other statement 

any other time 

any part 

any part of 

any part of the 

any part of their 
any statement 
anything about 
anything else 
anywhere else 
are a 






are all 



</ 



are not 



are the 



/> 



are there 
Q ™ ma (/ 



yo 



are we not .... 

are you 

are you aware 
are you not <£..... 



^ 



V 



are you sure 

as a 

as a matter of fact 



194 

as a rule ^..... 

as far as .h^.. 

6 P 

as far as they have .s£. 

as far as you can 

as good as .^. 

as good as the 

as great as ,<r?.. 

as I 

as I am 

T U ^ 

as I have 

as I have never been 

as I knew 

. o 
as is 

as lately as &.:... 

as little as ../?.. 

as long as 

as long as the other _.„T_. 

as long as there is T7... 

as other 

as our 

as soon as _.... 

as soon as possible 

as soon as there is 

as soon as you can 



as such r.. 
as that ...... 



as there is no other .„!j 

as they are 

as they have been .A?.. 

as they have been there ..C\ 

as this. is their P 



as to 



<r 



as to the 

as to whether 

as we „<?!Y. 

as we have been .5T\. 

as well as A... 

as you ./??. 

as you have been /?... 



at a 






at all events 

at all times 

at an early day ^y^|- 

at another ..J.. 
at any rate .fU_. 
at first ._>... 
at last .:.... 
at least .A.. 



PHRASES. 



195 



at or 



1. 



at or about 

at or about that time 



at or near 



at other 



J- 



V 



at our 

at some time 

at that ..(... 

at the same time 



at the time 

J 



at their 



at their own .?. 

1 

at your 

at your service 

I 
at what ... b 

Atlantic ocean 

attend your ..J 



K 



k^ 




back stairs 
bank account 
Baptist church y° 
be able to ..V.. 
be there ..v . 



bear in mind 



\A> 



bearing in mind ... 
because I was ....). 

because the 

because there is 
because they are .. 

because you 

become of their X 
been there v . 
before and after 



^P 





before another 

before any other \) 

before no other 

i 

before or after 
before or since \^..._ 
before us .^Ss.. 
before you .\^_ 
before you were 

begin their 

best of my recollection > 
best of your recollection .Nq^., 
best recollection 7^... 
better than ..^.. 

between the .. 

J 

between us .J... 
bill of exchange 



196 



PHRASES. 



bill of lading 

bill of particulars \-S^?. 

bill of sale 



book store \-- ZD -- 

both sides -\- 
both sides of ° the 
but it is not .Sis. 
but one .JS.. 
but the .%.. 
but we ..\.. 
by a 
by all 
by and by „\_ 
by another __\.. 
by express 

by its y.. 

by mail 
by one 



\ 



% 



^ 



by other 

by our 

by return mail 
by that .A... 
by the by N\ 



by the way 
by their own 



\ 



^ 



by virtue of _.\^. 
by your .^1_. ^ 
by your order 



call their 

call upon ~. 

call your attention 

can have 

can have been 

can have the 

can have their 

can not I 

can not be ..7^.. 
can not say ..)... 
can not see ..73.. 
can there be . 



can we 

can we tell .XX. . 

can you 

can you state br.i. 

can you not 

car loads sr:..y... 
car lots >....'... 
care of 





PHRASES. 197 


cause of action ... 




day of the .1 . 

day of the week .lev— 

day or two V.x. 


0, ^ 
causes of action 




certain extent .<»r^j?.. 




change of .'./.. 




day time .Isrv 


charging a .>.... 
charging him .J... 
charging the ...-:.. 
charging your ..*... 




dear friend .1.., 




dear madam JL. 




dear sir f|^.. 




delivering a ..J?.. 
did he ..!.. 


chief clerk -•£—- 




circumstances of the case 


cfc 


did I not .L... 


Constitution of the U. 8. 


1 


did not ... 


could have been .... g .. 


did you ..£].. 


could have been there ..... 


-'-a, 


did you ever fl... 
did you give f| .... 


could not 

D 




could you ...... 




did you have C|.... 


course of business cr^L--.-. 
Court of General Sessions ..cy.. 
Court of Sessions .s?.. 


did you remember (1^ 
direct examination 3t^j2.. 
do away .J... 


copy of „.. 




do not know of 4^P 


copy of the 




do you believe J.... 
do you belong J.... 


copy of their .....No.. 








do you ever JL.. 


D. 




do you have __L... 


day after day .1... 




do you know .JL* 


day of .J L 1 




do you mean to be JL^ 



198 

do you own .Li^ 

do you remember .kr^ 

does the ..A.. 

doing their .1 *.. 

don't you „yJ... 
down there „J.. 
drug store _L-=tn . 
dry goods store ..#?. 
during that time j.... 
during the time W^ 

E. 

each of which _._/. 
each other ..j... 
each week /.... 
earlier than 
Eastern States ... 
eight or ten YA.. 
Episcopal church 
et cetera ..J.. 
ever been .S-^. 
ever since .S^a_s. 
every one .Sp.. 
every time .>*=.... 



PHRASES. 



faster than 



Va 



fellow citizens .V-a. 
first-class .Wi>- 
first place .>».. 
first rate S^>r_. 
first time .W^. 

five or six 

for all SL. 

for all the S^.. 

for another \__.. 

for his own account 

for instance .Vp.. 

for its Sa.. 

for many years 

for my own part ."S^rr^ 

for my part 

for several years 

for some reason 

for some time .. 

for that .^. 

for the purpose „V-. 

for the purpose of the ..^ 

for the purpose of their „S=s 




THRASES. 



199 



for the purposes .^.. 
for the sake of .ko^a. 
for the use of the .. 
for this purj&se 
found him 
four or five 
Friday afternoon 

from all 

from all other 

from day to day .1.1... 

from generation to generation u. 




from hour to hour 
from house to house 
from place to place >q\o. 

from time to time 

from week to week „...^... 

from your , 

from your own knowledge „&-^t 

full extent (\. 

further than . 



gather together 

gentlemen of the jury _/£, 
getting your .««. 



give a ..., v . 

give the 

giving the 

going there 

good bye 

ffood deal 

1 

good evening' ... 



good morning 
good night .„_>. 
great extent ..rf.. 
great number of a 
great while ago ..s£>.... 
greater or less 
greater part of 



done Sv.. 

L S 



had a 
had been 
had he 
had not J. 
had or not 
had the Ji- 
had there been J 

had therefore .^.. 

I 
had we ..?... 



V 



200 PHRASES. 


P 

had we seen you .S^y 


have you been ._V- 


had you ...... 

had you been .Jv._ 
had you ever ..L_. 


have you seen 

he can 


he commences jLvJ? 


half an hour .„T^.. 


he could . r 


has a 


he knows .t=r£ 


has done ..J... 

f 
has had ..!... 


he said .1 ... 


he says ..cL 


has he 


he should ..!.. 


has his 


he stated A... 


has it ...... 


he told me .Ictt*. 


has it not 

has its 


he was .<r>y_. 

he was there .<^rv. 
he will ..r... ' 


has not been ..?^\. 


has that ...... 


he will be ..^\. 


has there been -^\. 


here and there ~^_. 
hour after hour . . .rrTTTT 


has therefore .^V,. 


have another „S-?.. 


House of Representatives "T^L.:?. 


have been .<y 
have not 


Houses of Congress 

how are you ....?.. 


have our .™_. 


how do you remember ...1^. 


have some 

have there „>--.. 


how far ...S... 


how I 


have we 


r— -i 

how long after .....\^. 


have you 


how many times Lro.. 





PH RASES. 


how soon after .TITa. 


I have a 


how were you 




I have been ...*Sy.. 


how you 




I have found ..„.. 
1 have seen 


1 advise ..^. 




I hope you will „\/... 




I knew 


I am certain 




I mean to be . 
I might not 


I am of the opinion 


-^\- 


I am sure there is 


-3?" 


I remain .~T\^rx. 


I am therefore 




I return .fv^I. 


I believe A^. 




I said .J... 


I call .tZT.. 
I can 




I sent you .^y.. 

I shall A. f 


I conclude ..^.. 




I shall therefore ^/.... 


I consider ..9... 




I should ...J.. 


I could . 

I dare ...A^.. 

V) 

I dare say ...*.:.. 




I should not .. 

cJ 

I should not be ...J.. 
I stated ..3.. 


I decline to say .^ 




I suppose there is „°>X 


) 
I do not know .1^. 




I suppose they have .iSa 


I do not think .J3... 
I find ..??.. 




I think it is ...^„ 




I trust ...L 


I found ...... 




I was ...... 


I had been ...\. 




I went ...1>. 


c 
I have 




I will JT.. 



201 



202 

I will be ..<%.. 

I will not 

I will not be ..%. 
I wish ..J 1 .. 

I would 

I would say ...A. 
if I may -V--_--- 
if it is ...... 

if it is necessary ■-■■■-** 

if possible ..^. 

if so ...^. ^° 

if such ' ~\~ 

if there is any 

if there is no . 

if these .^ ■ 

if they are '.!.... 

if you -v^. 

if you have been .J^. 
if you were .L^^. 
in accordance . <::r ^ lp 
in addition . 

m advance 

in all probability . 
in another manner ... 
in any case n 



PHRASES. 



n any way 

n charge of their 



.7 



n consequence 

n consideration ..X. 

n fact 

n full ..(jL. 
n like manner 
n its ..^.. 

n no case ...... 

i 
n order that ., 

n other words ^-^pi- 

n our . . 

n point of fact 

n receipt of your . . 

n reference .„ : ^ > - 

n regard ^- r — 

n relation 

n reply .^^xf\ 

n response 5^,— 

n some other way arTT^., 

n stock . <ZJ ^- 

n such cases . 

n the course 

n the evening 

n the matter of 




PHRASES. 



203 




in the meantime 

in the midst 

in the morning 
in this matter 
in us ...... 

in view of the fact 
in your opinion 

in yours of the 

inasmuch as ..J... 
inside of .r?£. 
instead of the ."re- 
insurance company .... 
into the .^rl.. 

is as 

O 

is he .. p .. 

is it not 

cr- 

is it possible 

is there any objection 

is there anything 

is therefore 

it has been 4... 
it is a -4... 
it is clear 
it is said ..j. 

P 



it is the best .l... 
it is therefore .1... 
it therefore ...[.. 



it was ..£ 
it will be . 
it will not 



f 



t 



just after ./.. 
just as ..2.. 
just as good as .!t°. 
just as much as czp. 
just as soon as (ul 
just as well as .^n. 
just before A^. 
just inside of Ar£ 
just now .£77? 
just received /_:. 
just such .A.. 

K. 

know of ..^J?. 
know your .w~ 
know your own .^. 



204 



knows a .>=^.. 
knows you ,>* T s/. 

L. 

laid down L\. 

K? 

larger than ..._„.. 
last night 

r\ 

last time :..:hrr: 
last week .... ~n. 
later than .[„. 
latter part of 
less than .(.... 
let a ..£*.. 
let the ..Cl.. 
let us ..<?.. 
let us not .G^. 
let us see .(h.. 
letter of the /.. 
life estate 
like to have you 

long after \^ 

longer than 

look after 

look at 

lower than L...A. 




M. 

many as possible < 
many such .<r^yP.. 

matter of fact 

may as well .czrC.. 
may be able to 
may have .<r^.. 
may have been ..o 
may have been there .<r 

mean to 

^> 

mean to be 

\ 

mean to be understood 



S 



Methodist church ._TjL. 

Monday afternoon _ J77] 

more and more .^t^?n.. 
more or less .err/?.. 
more than <o>. 
most likely .<r^?77_. 
most of the time .sr^... . 
Mr. Chairman ..._^?_. 
Mr. President 
Mr. Smith .cq.. 
much more ...2^.. 
much more than ..._fcs.-. 
much of ...A. 





riIRA8E8. 


must be .<rr^. 




0. 


must be there .rr-o^.. 




objected to ..\. 


must have ..<^.. 




of all ..<*.. 

of all others .\*a... 


must have been ^cra... 




must have been there .<^... 


of all the .ht... 


must not .<r^^.. 




of considerable ..i. 
of course £Zf.. ^ 


my dear sir .d^f.. 




my own ^7^.. 




of his .2... 

of his own A^ 


N. 




of it ..„.. 


New Jersey ..../ 

New York City j£. 




of its 




of my 


New York State .._<[- 




of other .>^_. 


nine or ten .^.x.. 




of our 


no doubt . -_<i.. 




of some .<?±>. 


no, sir ..op. 




of such ..7... 


northeast quarter _77~?.. 




of that J... 


Northern States ..TrTTJ?. 




of their .;S-... 


northwest quarter ._II~i 




of these ...i. 


not only .„Vrtl. 




of us ..?... 


notwithstanding the fact 


..^. 


of what ..5.. 


now and then .....I.. 




of your ..<&.. 


number of -\>. 




off and on .h^rf. 


number of their !\ 




on his part >.... 


number of your .„V.. 




on its 



205 



206 

on my own part 

on my part .^_~-l 

on one occasion .J 

on or about 

on or after \™ 

on or before \l 

on our account 

on the contrary ...J/., 
on the other hand 
on the part of ... ^ 
on the subject .„Sl. 

on the whole 

on us 

once in a while ^L^~V 
once or twice .„^L.. 
one of our T^f.. ° 
one of the ...T^. 
one or both 
one or more 
one or two .7X^>- 
one side of the „„\. 
or not „<C.. 
or otherwise 
or our ..-¥... 
or the 



C 

other than 

ought to have 

ought to have been ..... 

our own 

out of ...L 
out of the way ..iTV. 
over the ..... 
over their .jS^_. 
owing a .. v '... 
owing the ..j.. 
owing you ..*..., 

p. 

Pacific ocean .v- 

part of a .3.. 

part of the country ^7!^. 

party of the first part .V-. 

party of the second part- ^T^-. 
\ N 

part of your .„.. 

per annum .V 

per cent .VTT.. 
per minute !\^ 
per month 
perhaps not 
personal estate ^^£>~ 



PHRASES. 



207 



place of business „^ 

point of fact .L.. 
postage stamp 
postal card :4.. 
Postmaster General ^y^.. 
Presbyterian church 
present time \q^.„. 
President of the U. S. 
pro rata \/L. 

promissory note 

putting a " . 

putting the 

putting your 

Q. 

quarter section .„7?T7 
question of the .CU^.. 
questioned the E^f. 
questions of the .C^?.. 

quit-claim 

quite as much 2. 

quite certain .^TTT. 

quite likely 

quite probable .Z\^_ 
quite sure . c rf). 



quite sure they are .^0. 
quo warranto .C~jn._ 

R. 

railroad company c^\\ 
railroad station _c^r_L. 
railway company c/T\_ 
rather than ..<T? 

real estate v/ ^. 

real property ^\- 

receipt of your ..JL 
received your letter 
recent date „^M 
re-cross examination 
re-direct examination ^. 
remain there _7V^i__ 
representing him /\|._ 
representing you /\^.. 
respectfully yours ^X-. 
return mail .Tv^TZ. 

right and wrong 

right or wrong 

river trade .. / Z\^- 
Roman Catholic church 
round about .„>.. 




°t 



208 

s. 

said and done ..J., 
said or done .J/J.. 
St. James ..j£t&.. 
St. Louis .^f?.. 
St. Paul ZS.. 
St Peter ._S^. 
sanction their .. < b~TT.. 
Saturday after next 
Saturday afternoon 
Savior of the world v^.. 

season of the year 

Secretary of State af.L 
Secretary of War a£V.. 
seems to be .__... 
seems to have --^-- 

n 

seems to me .-^-^-^-. 

O ^ 

send us 

set forth ....&!. 

6hall another „<^_. 
shall have been ..?.. 
shall have been there .£:.. 
shall not ... .... 

shall not be .J?^v 
shoe store ..^.. 



PH EASES. 

short time .X... 

shorter than' 

show you ^ 

since his 

since I have been „__„. 

since I have seen you ^> „ 

since there is . . 
since they are . . 
six months „....__..,. 



six or eight ...... y \.. 

six or seven '■ a=lz J^ s - 
slower than q.-.j.. 
so as to .J... 
so far as .J... 

so far as you can A 

so far as you know .A 

so far as you remember ^ 
so that ..)... 
so to speak ..^ 
some of the .<CT>^.. 
some of those .67r><t.. 
some one .<s-$. 
some time <r>^>. 
some way .6m... 
some years ago .<S7>... . 



somehow or other 
southeast quarter 

Southern States ..£.. 

f 
southwest quarter ...c. . 

state how many kr^r~^~^ 

state of facts .L^. 

State of New York .L^r- 

State of Wisconsin Ly . 

subject matter A^rr^ 

such a ../.. 

such another ../?.. 

such as .A.. 

such as are .ctL. 

such as we have .c£L. 

such as were c/^T. 

such other XL.. 

suppose you were i^s/... 

T. 

take away L-c. 
take care of L<— f 5 . 
take charge L-_ 

take occasion .. [ 1 

take part L=*\.'. 
take up .L^. 



•h rases. 209 

take us L>. 

take your ...Lv.. 

take your own .L_. 

tell him J... 

tell how many .t^r^r>-— -. 

tell me .Lr>. 

tell us -L... 

ten days .J... 

ten or fifteen or twenty 10.... 

ten times J.... 

ten thousand dollars 

L 



than a 

than otherwise 

than the 



k- 



than there 
thank the 
thank you 



c 



day A. 



thanking you 
that a 
that 

that has 
that have .. 
that he was 
that I am „*r^ 
that I was 



( 



i 



210 

that is all _/*?_. 

that is an ._;?.. 

that is the ...... 

that is to say ..^.. 

that it has not ..„.. 

that that A... 

that the ... ( .. 

that the othei* ..).. 

that there is Aq... 

that therefore .A.. 

that they are ..v.. 

that they will ..Lr 

that was all ..A^- 
( 
that we shall ...V. 
/ J 

that were ..V_ 

c 

that will ...\. 
that you ..V... 
that you have been ...£. 
that you must be .V^T!\. 
that you were Z^.... 
that you were not .V^?. 
that you would be Vx. 
the complainant ._^. 
the condition^ „f... 
the contract .. L ... 



the other day ./.... 

the other side J /..._ 

the othei* side of thejcase 

their own __li.. 

then where did you go sChrrrr. 

there are .A~. 

there have been ..(?.. 

there is no ..Vi^.. 

there may not have been ta'„ 

there were C<^ 

there will be S/CS^ 

there would ._(!_.. 

they are ..(_.. 

they are able to .A.. 

they are not ..&.. 

they are therefore /.... 

they did ..{.. ^ 

they had ....(. 

they have been there (v . 

they have not .it:.. 

they have not spoken .u3^ 

they have spoken .(s^. 

they were .1/ 

they were not A/?.. 

they were there >/?.. 



'IIRA8ES. 



211 



they will „L.. 
they would be ..L.. 
think there is no ... 
this afternoon 

this case / 

this cause £.... 
this company ./. 
this is ..a.. 
this is a / 
this is the . 
this is their 
this morning 
this state .x 
this subject . 



fc 



fr 



K 



this time /..... 

those circumstances .Jp. 

those who can , (o... 



three or four 
to a ..J... 

to a certain extent 
to all ...p.. 
to all intents 



& 



to be used 
to be found 



">' 



to call 



t 






to call upon you 
to come 



iyou .1 



to get .l... 
to give .■ [.... 

to go .£_. 
to have .J... 
to have a ._l.. 
to have the ...... 

to have been ..a. 
to his :.!„. 
to him ..J... 
to let ... L... 

to make |„„ 

to meet ..J™ 
to other . . 

to our 

to receive your 
to sell ...JL. 
to send .J... 

to the 

to the time 
to their ...L. 
to use .. 
to what ..i. 



•^ 



u-; 



to whom 



t 



212 



today ... 
together with .■— ^ 
tomorrow irr^... 
tonight „W.'. 
toward you ..I*., 

u. 

unable to .^r\.. 

under date >-^j__ 

under the circumstances .v=-_j?. 

U. S. of America x^/...... 

U. S. Senate ..Q. 
U. S. Senator .tu^.. 
unless a .C_£- 
unless the Sh- 
unless there is C£?. 
unless you .c_^. 
unless you know SLgfc*-:. 
until the ..tt- 
until there is _>:. 
up and down .._._V_. 
up to date ..\.. 
up to the time 
upon such 
upon the 



very best aL^ 
very certain .L^^ 
very great extent ..vcj? 
very probable . 
very seldom ~^«~. 
very soon after . 
very soon thereafter 
very sure .\a 
very truly yours .Sji^! 
very well .SL. 
vice-president Ax^._ 




w. 

was a .„'.. 

was another ..J.. 

was he ../... 

was he not .!?. 

was he there 

was not .L-. 

was received..^... 

was said ..1 ].. 

was the ...... 

was there anything said -<u^j>.. 
way of ..A 



PHRASES. 



213 



we all JL. 

we are ..r\. 
we are not ... 
we are very glad 
we believe ..^y 
we can .^y... 
we can not _tx... 
we can not see 

we could „ 

we could not .... 

we did not see you .. t .. 
we do not know J_/. 
we find ..^. 
we had ...... 

we have „->y 
we may .->y... 
we regret ?^ 
we shall ...... 

we shall be glad s^.. 
we trust .rsy... 
we will -/C-- 
we wish ....."^y 

we would .r>v.< 
we would ask you 
Wednesday afternoon 



week after next , 
week or ten days 
well done C.J. 

well known .6. 

well-meaning .6. 

were a ..^.. 

were it not 

were the ..yd. 
were you ,^<v. 
were you able to ..^\.. 
were you aware ..^^. 
what are you ....:!. 



what can 

what can not 
what did you 
what do you 
what I 



I 



what is known 
what is your .. 
what of it ..>.. 



what of that 
what of the . 



what part of the 
what sort of a 
what were you 






>^ 



214 

what will ..Y... 

what would 

what would a ...... 

what would be \.. 

what would you 

when he would be there .<>.„ 
when I ..9... 
when is your ..g^. 
when such a ..&. 
when this ..c... 
when we ..£.. 
when will .6... 
when would ..£... 
when would you .£.. 
when you „c. 
when you have ..c... 
where did you go ./hrrr.. 
where do you live .<S.. V v. 
where do you reside ^.. v\ 
where the .^ 
where there has been 
where they are y^2 
where was Q?„ 
where was a <*/?... 
where was the _<>:. 



PHRASES. 



where was your X<t*f... 
where we ..C^T 
where were they ^\>.. 
where were you 
where will .0^.. 
whether or not . 
which are ./.. 
which have been ..A. 
which one .</... 
which was ..6... 
which were .1^".. 
which will .1... 
which would be ./.. 



which you have./. 
while the ...X. 
while there is ...a 



r hy the 



"\ 



who are .... 

who has been ... 

who said 

who were ..^. 

who will 

will be .^r\^.. 

will be sent you .^\ s ^... 

will have .p>.. 



PHRASES. 



2 1 5 



will the ... 
will you be there f^\ 
wish you would 
with all the ..C... 
with each . 
with their ".../ 
with reference .L^> 
with relation i. -p 
with respect 4-A 
with us .. g . 
with what . 
with which ... 
with whom ... 
without doubt ...... 

without that ...... 

G 

without us 

c 
without your 

witness stand „„.. 

workmanlike manner 

worse than .__.& 

would have been .TV 

would not be 

would say . 

would we 

would you not 



t 



year after year . 

year and a half {/:.. 

year or two .f^\ 

years and years — -/T 

years of age ._/:. 

years old .jfi. 

yes or no ..CrT 

yes, sir .0^ 

you and I ...... 

you are not ... 

you are the ../?.. 

you can 

i 
you had ...... 

you have not ZT._. 

you should .J±. 

you should not 

you should not be ...y. 

you will .jr.. 

you would 

you would have .J^TA 

you would not be 

your favor of the 

your own .jF.. 

yours of the .£!.. 



°^\ 



BUSINESS LETTERS. 

The reading exercises which follow are designed to train the stu- 
dent in the reading of unvocalized shorthand. In the early pages a 
few vowels are written, while in the later pages only unusual words 
are vocalized. In reading the student should keep in mind the sense 
of the sentence, as a word which standing alone would be difficult to 
read without vowels is often easily read in connection with other words. 

Each letter should be studied until it can be read without hesita- 
tion. It should then be written in shorthand, care being taken to 
have all the outlines correct. To get the best results each letter 
should be written many times, at first slowly, and then with increas- 
ing speed as the outlines become familiar. 

The short parallel lines indicating capitalization may be omitted 
in writing names and addresses at the beginning of business letters. 
In practice the stenographer may safely omit these marks in writing 
all proper names with whose outlines he is familiar. 

In taking dictation it is best to write all unfamiliar proper names, 
or names with peculiar spelling, in longhand. For this purpose small 
letters are more rapid and safer than capitals. After the stenographer 
becomes familiar with a name he should write it in shorthand. 

A convenient method of insuring accuracy in the names and ad- 
dresses of business letters in actual correspondence is for the dictator 
to place on each letter a number, the stenographer placing a corres- 
ponding number at the beginning of the letter in his notebook. The 
original letters are then turned over to the stenographer and the ad- 
dresses are taken direct from the letters. This method not only 
saves the time of the dictator, but diminishes the danger of error in 
this important part of the letter. 

In writing familiar matter vowels may be omitted. Unfamiliar 
words, however, should have one or more vowels inserted. The 
ability to write vowels rapidly and accurately is of great value to 
even the most advanced writers. 

216 



READING EXERCI8E8. 



217 



LETTER NO. I. 



^J2JL 



H 



^ 



SI 



CI 



I 



s \- 



^Z.W«U^--^- 






^v^ 



LETTER NO. 2. 



-H^ — ^ ^ ^ f -f J U J - 



> 



Fb- < --No- 






4 



^r y^ 



o 



"■> 



No- -^— -7- 



t,' 



-^ 



.£>. 









■A- 



1 






( -V 






H- 



£0- 



<l_0 



•St 



218 



READING EXERCISES. 



.^...L. 



( ' 



LETTER NO. 3. 



.^.^ 



jab. •*.. 






/• -^ ^-^-^-.. ( ...^.^ 



L> 



J# 



PC 



S...J.7. » 



.CL=> 






LETTER NO. 4. 



<L 






f.^.l^. 






.».^..!Li 



r, I ,±__- x;_ 



/--!-.. ..*>. 



- £- 4-t • - - 



\_ 



.d....^. 



:..c..O.._..^C...(i.. 



,C~b - 



<b 



<&■ - 



"<o 



Hr 



READING EXERCISES. 



219 



^ V £L/ 



LETTER NO. 5 
^ . I X 



\:.3Q. 



\ 



\ «... d ^ ^^ r 

^ v- 



.L...60. a 






7^.:^.. 



rZi 



'~S' 



.«. 



1_ 



^ 



l_) 



ll 






v. 



.^.L.'S. 



.1.9.2,... 2h.. 



/ 



I ^ 



y 



LETTER NO. 6, 



l..!\.«. 



) 



la:_^ 



e..L....^.^.».... i ..U-...^..^ 7 .;i.^k 



^l.^.:.L^ 



.4*. 



J«. c .-.L:.l^Jbi 



\ 



x= 



^ 



^ 



1_ 






W 






fe, 



k 



-r~L_ ) 



k 



.>...*,! 



.4,. 



220 



READING EXERCISES. 



LETTER NO. 7. 






al^-%- 



J^^A. 



s,.!.^. 



T %V 



y 



v*= -^ 



v 4 



LETTER NO. 8. 









■ r ^---V 






V 



L_ 



/«...«« 



) 






■^ ■ A 



l 



.^....p...-rf.....:.... 
v*..L._ 






--/•• 



READING EXERCISES. 



221 



LETTER NO. 9. 



c^ 






* 



•=? 



.yi.. 



Q>~ 



'Y 






t 



*y 



5V 



t 



Cw- 



7*7 



LETTER NO. 10. 



l^.^.y 1 



\ 



^ PV 



^ j T -4^-fcc- 



./u. 



l 






s^ 



> 



a-, 



y 



*-- -V 









/...x* 



-— r- 



£"' 



? 



v^r. 



222 



READING EXERCISES. 



LETTER NO. II. 




READINO EXEKCISES. 



223 



LETTER NO. 13 



z vv 



*f 



c^ 



^o 



r 



^ 



:...rp ...: 

./-......^..^..f.._v..^ X-^-w- 



•r 



^,..C.Ss 



-'•£ 



LETTER NO. 14. 






A= 



CA 



J s ---'=H-t -V- 



£r- 



1 -,' ^ 



o 



I f~f- 



,....15.... 



r 



w 

(..Ss 



^b 



s t 



i M t 



<i^_£> 



„a...^..u 



f- 



224 



READING EXERCISES. 



LETTER NO. 15. 



^-^--v 



oCVr- 






LC 






■i=jrr 



^^J^= 



Mci 



<--[-— ,^-JT-g 



v^ 



■Lk-X 



-X.A 



■n 



•^ 

^ 






.) n 






t^ 



._> 



\ 



■U- 



^U 



T^Vf*-^ 



^..^i«a_k_._V«_ & -\vt-,-=f.^..l.^. 



V 



LETTER NO. 16. 



n. 



'<o?- 



3 ^ 



£. 



^_ 



\ 



tr 



L.z>. 



.^. 






READING EXERCISES. 



225 



LETTER NO. 17 
-2_ 



°-\ 






4 



£.0. 



W 



\ 



A- 



£ 






-^1- 



r- 



n k. 



-V 



.0.. 



\ 



s 



p 

LETTER NO. 18. 

L q-^ f. a 6 

■V-— 






\ 



T 



-G- 



(- 



^ 



\ 



r--i— \- ( --^- 



^.JlV 



/C 






T 



c^X> 



-fcr 



V 



226 



READING EXERCISES. 



LETTER NO. 19. 



zv^.^.iO:..*.. C.J..^IS.. 



<n~ 



f 






^ 



~\ 



■i-i- 



L 



l 






V.n.^l 



^ 



J . ^ L C~/^ 



A.- 



LL/^Xv-'. 



^•^ 



f 



LETTER NO. 20. 



/ ^^-jp.-^ 



k 



^ l * — ^,-^..-.</...^j. ^f. 



N 



^ v/ 



K-^-^ 



■r 



k...^.» 5. 



^ -^ V- fr 



V 



<r~s- 



./ s, 



t ., 



N. 



i-if- 1 f-- 



READING EXERCISES. 



22: 



LETTER NO. 21. 



^V-t— ■= -^2^ 

l 



,.L..^... 



.Jft.-..-^.. 



L_^ 



k......*\...,...v_........ 



17 -*— J-t^S *"^ 

^...^...^...^..:i..^r...x....L.-... i: _..^...x.i. 

Zn^..^^..^..-^.-^ ,.Z iA..^. „.... 

J b 

..u_„...c. 



•%•••/ 



r 



*r 



^4 



/ 



.is>..^. x 



"L i- v 3 



-^ 



f 



h,. x ....A,- 



LETTER NO. 22. 



N, 



s^/L, ^A./.. ..;. ... i a..r..J....x o.... 



fcr 



r 



=C Vr ^-^ 



/l^..^.^....b..«.... 



^ 



z2_ 



228 



READING EXERCISES. 



L.M., 



LETTER NO. 23 

,^....^....:rL^. l 



2. 



k 



■l^\r 



— - "Jr-^W- - 

r " J '"■ 

>J1.. /S..,...t 



ik 



*±.Lu. 



k 



■J- 



<r 



-~i 



-,^--fe=44-SO. 



.£— ~ L X> /T.. 



r... 






v. 



LETTER NO. 24. 



.-£ 






W^..^.^.. 



*r p *-+^ 



iilis U±zz..M..~,.... 






(^ 



■u- 



1 



-L- 



.^..^..Z .^.,... <\ 



"7 



©<■ 



-/- 



> - T7 



-> 



J.. 



"7 



£ 



^!..!..^.. ; ;...Crr...&...jv....v^:.. [ .lT:.. 
i.4-...u.L..z rf ..^....zC..:,..^ :;; ,.... v r......2 



..V 0~u^ 



=Y 



f 



READING EXERCISES. 



229 



LETTER NO. 25. 



.^.._^..:.^.....^^i-...^....^.... 



/I 3 




. ..*> 



...<^ ,..-.». 



:... <= r.2..x..A„..e(....\.^... 

. v .l_..[../Z-..^.._ v ..,..^; fc ....^..>^,..r.i\ 

.4..^.i.-^^.V..^--V-.-,--^---.W..C^..<^r s ...^J.5A 

o ) 



RSL.v. 5^. 



3 



cJ , / 



)X- l .-ZZ....^...\.^..^.. f .£^.«. 
/.auJ t ^ 



^ 



^ 



r l "T 



jL^r^^-Ml 



7 



f 



LETTER NO. 26. 



I 



!a=A 



■K 



4- 



Jb 



TN 



X T .^....^^.^.,.t.....^A r . 



1 e.^.^.^riZw..* 



.^fti. 



^ 



JLZ-1»- 



=* 



,s... 



i-Q^--Hr 



230 



READING EXERCISES. 



LETTER NO. 27 

*^4?; 



</ /u x.. .•>,- 



1/ 



^c- 






%> 



=" f "= ^ 



o 



LETTER NO. 28. 









T^. 






\ 



^..A 



1C< 



t 



c... 



"d— &■ 



A 



-A^ 



V 



T V<^^^^^- 



- i 



v-v-y-t- 



c; 



X 







^^> 



HZ" 



\/.. V/!; .„':,.^.4 1 . 



READING EXERCISES, 



231 



LETTER NO. 29. 



P* 



&a 



\ 



.C_A. 



h 



\a 



I 



^-•v-- 



.L £ 



t 






"Y 



jj23J2_i_:rx.. 






.^. 



s. 



.4 



k.- 



*=i»-->~<»s ^ s^"« 

* -^ p 

LETTER NO. 30. 



•"--W<~» 1-/:. 



V 



J" 



*=^t 






^6> 



■-* r -"=7->v- 



•-•* <=■—=»• -5Nj,-j ^- a - ^-»- -~V't 






^ 



fc 



:32 



READING EXERCISE8. 



LETTER NO. 31. 



\ 



■hsf" 



, 



■c/- 



:.j.k L 



/ v — o 



.L"Z3 jJ^.... ..^.:h 









r 



f 



r 



.k. 



W 



.2..,.. 






LETTER NO. 32. 



^.^.. T . v l.,..Mo\ 






-f 



'k 



^•■^•tV-) 






■■» ^-.C.^...|..>-.. r ^....^.% 



<JL. 



£ 



READING EXERCISE8. 



233 



LETTER NO. 33. 



■H 



._D 



5> v^. 



12. 



w:-. V ... r/ . 

1 ( 



L 



3. 



^ 



r 



*s 









•<n> 



L_ 



./-y...^^...,,/ "J. .i-^.-f.,.** ....^ .» 



4 f> «-■» l-f^-y^f-. 



[ 



^..,... | -J. 



.tfT^v?. 






^■ T ^^-> 



LETTER NO. 34. 



£l.Z 



Vy 



k 



^i 






^.....j.... r r^. 



ts 



.W.L< 
a.. 



\ 



W. 






u. 



^ 



•y 



_^. ' 



t'-^-f 



234 



READING EXEECISES. 



LETTER NO. 35. 



...JO.. 



« ^J 



/i,X< 



^.u.^^..r...^.z2l 
t-v-^-^^ ~ • -^ 



i 



I— ^J?.. <?...\.L_,..t. 



p 



LETTER NO. 36. 



k. 



"V *> 



X 






T v '*> 



/J 



V..X 



V^ n""^ V °\> V_0 

->*"*■- ^- % .-^..^.M- £_---^-.^±...?. 



*~*\ 



2\»...;V 



.V. 



«Aa. 



f "-f 



JL. 



\_^ 



H --S 



V 



-ix' — **•-■ 



.^.:zw. 






4 



i 1C 

'" p 



READING EXERCISES. 



235 



LETTER NO. 37. 

• rzr^s 

i 






> 



\ 



=*- 



Y 



—j 



\f v 






^J..:.. V...L 



■^ 






( "T 



<-. 



.>. 



/IJL 



<=M!r-..£. 

LETTER NO. 38. 



^ 






•' — -^-(yX* yj ■<— -£« 



^ — C-..^ 



7 






.^. 



*S 



L 



C_, 



k-f 



f -^- B -;-"t 



236 



READING EXERCISES. 



LETTER NO. 39. 



Lt^L..^...^.^, v /^o. 



./?..»... 



.<t..a.Jb..\^ 



\ 



^-w-W 






L 



N A J s~2 v \l \ 



^-1 



L> 



/^- 



LETTER NO. 40. 

-: ziJ ^?.^?..i J p. 

„L..' ij..|..^... / ,..53^....->^.w^.^..n 



/;. 



u 



•^N- 






READING EXERCISES. 



23^ 



Z f:^ 

s J...L... 



LETTER NO. 41. 

\r '-^-^ 9 ""-t 

3 * 



\ 



</ 



A. 



L 



b 



/• 



4 



^ .. 



r 1 ^-^ ^» Hf 

LETTER NO. 42. 

^^....^..4 

.^....zi...^.^.:,... „.i. K N .u..^.^..c.. 



^-•^^• r ^^r/ 



t 






.V. ...#... .3P. Ji. ... 



i 






L4,../,^r... 



- L lr 



.1^. 



.,..^o..-...Ar 



f- 



238 



READING EXERCISES. 




J- 






~^ 



W.» 1 



% 



w... 



■J- 



-V 



J 



x.„N>. 



■Q> 



i 4 



•/:- 






READING EXERCISES. 



239 



LETTER NO. 45. 



/.¥... c^. 



,..^.|..= > . r .. t ..i... 



..^_fl* 



X 



_.1-D^ 



SL/C*. 



k.. 



\, 



-/I 



k ..^l.Z\. 



^^"C 






v. 



O^ 



^-^ 



t 



A7^> 



^ 



7 






? 






LETTER NO. 46. 



V- 



./te. 



J_ 



M. 



fcv 









■u 



.K 



f: 






MjS.Jk ». 



.73.2. 



X<L± 



r-v 



•/— -^ ^ 



240 



READING EXERCISES. 



ENJOYMENT OF LITERATURE. 



/I 



■H 



-»../. 



AX 



^•) 



^4*^4 



-— \Yl 



^-1-- 






^ 



W 



) 



c? 



°\> 









<^i---^ A^--A.-v-...f 3 ...^..>. 



W...4 



~T> 



........^:.b.i. J= ...L^..^..,.L^ 






r 



y 



.c^x ..^-^-. > ....v-.U ; , 



=.^,r^. 



"O""^ 3 



LABOR. 

AX,/ AM 



L£ 



:.X^^w^.j:^,^.^ l..^ 



READING EXERCISES. 



241 



=£L_. ..if. 



I x' t'! ; 

^■■^ a rl u/W 

:2> !L,i^.D.:k/. 4.r....r... 

^.,...^..,..^...Y^-.^.v.. c Y-..s s 



^..^ 



\7 



>*.. I ..^-fc..^. 



■^-■P-l: 



^ 






7 






>j. 



s/ " 






.^.. 



.L. 



C .*.=, .^VJLl 



"7 



P'"V 



TRUE GREATNESS. 
CSr..^.^...^.C 

«*-VH,~-H~ 



(■- '-4 ^-^r 



4 



■?-•:->■■— -ttr...A.jr.....^_,.e 



/ r...O.-.4.. / 



V. 



■-/x ' 

« — >. b _<■ 



242 



BEADING EXERCISES. 



THE COMMON PEOPLE. 

...,.:v'-V 



-vi-*'----^- 



Z\ ^ /:..!_.&. 



.^|. 



J ^ o. . L- 



■Ab- 



«r-V- - ->-*- - - J - 









c 



As 



v C -)" (L , 



X > 



5 ^> ^ 

1 :y 



.N>...Qa. 









"1 /> 



'^ 



n ^..^,...:...y. 
ANECDOTE OF THE REVOLUTION. 



^ 



:.. a 






■ * b^ 



i '- 



) " 



jo.. 



L*-n 






.i/h 



^ 



VI 



READING EXEKCI8E8. 



243 



AN ANCIENT FOUNTAIN. 



\- 



J 



*W 



CL 



1 



L V s 



.^ i. 



V?: 



.Z>. 



*-t 



H 



V^ 



,.v^O ....). 



U..\ 



"3 



"1 
Vi ( 4 



fr 



u 



-"=1 



3 ri 



.V. 



/x: tk _^_zi..^..^.^^..fc..^.:c. s:a 

1> . *\^ " 



i 



J..7-K,„.l»=,.. 



244 



READING EXERCISES. 






LINCOLN'S GETTYSBURG ADDRESS. 



.sJP. 



( ^ 



V" 1 



. \ 



■> 



.^.. r ..^.__...C..^f.i 



■° ^-" t" : "^ 

It.-.-. ^.:/i~..: 



\f-^ 



=V^J 



x<> 



^....X.^.l,. 



V 



( ~ 6 



t-f ■■-■■V -< - - -fe ^'b-' 



1 J... L-...^^^^.. 



i.i-^4 



J 



VC. 



,..s,. ,i ...v-s-v-- ^4-~-dL 



*C 



VERBATIM REPORTING. 

The desire to become proficient enough to report speeches, 
lectures, and court testimony is a laudable one for any stenographer. 
An amanuensis may be able to write letters, or matter pertaining 
to his particular line of business, at a high rate of speed, and yet 
be unable to make an accurate report of a slowly delivered speech 
or sermon. This is in many cases owing to the fact that the 
vocabulary used by the speaker is materially different from the 
one to which the stenographer is accustomed. 

The student who wishes to become a verbatim reporter should 
first make himself thoroughly familiar with the principles of his 
system, with the word-signs and "words distinguished," and with 
the rules for phrasing. No one who has laid a poor foundation can 
hope to succeed in making himself a competent reporter. He 
should strive in every way possible to increase his available short- 
hand vocabulary. He should also make himself familiar with the 
meaning of new words, and increase his fund of general information 
as much as possible. 

A good method of practice to gain speed on general matter is for 
the student to select an article of two or three hundred words, 
write it in shorthand as accurately as possible, and look up the 
meaning of every unfamiliar word. He should then have it read 
to him from ten to twenty-five times, or until the mind and hand 
work in such harmony that it can be w T ritten with ease and in good 
shorthand at a speed of at least 125 words a minute. By continuing 
this kind of practice for a few weeks the student will find his speed 
on new matter much increased, and he will soon be able to write 
140 words a minute on practiced matter. The gain from 140 to 150 
words a minute will be slow and will require patient and persistent 
practice. When a stenographer can write correctly from 125 to 150 
words a minute on general matter he should lose no opportunity 

245 



246 VERBATIM REPORTING. 

to take notes on lectures, speeches, and sermons. If he can not 
get it all he should not be discouraged, but should strive to write 
as many complete sentences as possible, instead of leaving many 
sentences incomplete. Parenthetic clauses may sometimes be 
omitted without impairing the sense. In actual work the reporter 
must get the idea, even though occasional clauses are omitted. 

In addition to taking notes of speeches and lectures, one who 
desires to become a reporter should write from a good reader a 
large amount of general matter, covering historical, scientific, 
political and other subjects. When he reaches the point where his 
pen glides over the paper without conscious mental effort to think 
how the shorthand outlines are to be made, he will be near the 
point of success. A speed of 150 words a minute on general matter 
is a good beginning speed for entering on actual reporting. With 
this speed he will succeed in taking the majority of public speeches, 
and practice will enable him to get rapidly uttered ones. 

Many who are striving for speed overlook the fact that legibility 
and the ability to read everything written is even more essential 
than speed. A large part, if not all, of the matter written for 
practice should afterward be read from the notes. If the notes 
prove unreadable it indicates that the work has been written at a 
rate of speed beyond the ability of the writer. In practice work 
where he is writing from a reader he should so regulate the speed 
that he can make all notes legibly. It is a mistake to write always 
at the highest possible speed. One should have a large amount 
of practice at a rate of speed that permits the making of accurate 
shorthand outlines. 

The requirements for court reporting are not materially different 
from those for general reporting. A good preliminary training is 
work in a law office. Here the stenographer becomes familiar with 
the vocabulary of the law, and is occasionally called on to take 
depositions, or to attend the trial of cases in court. Nearly all 
courts now have their official reporters, and there is little oppor- 
tunity for the . young reporter to assist the regular reporter and 
receive pay for his work. He will generally be forced to get his 
practice in court reporting by attending court and practicing without 
compensation. 



LETTERS 

Letter No. 1 
Mr. R. C. Marsh, 

Canton, Ohio. 
Dear Sir: Answering your letter of March 31st: The Cooperative 
Book Company has for many years kept a satisfactory account with this 
bank and we think well of them. We are informed that their securities 
are first-class in every respect, and their general character so far as indicated 
by their statements and by the reports of commercial agencies seems to 
fully confirm this. We have knowledge that they are doing a large and 
increasing business, especially in the States west of the Missouri river and 
in Canada. 

Yours truly, 



Letter No. 2 
Mr. K. D. Ellsworth, 
Norwood, Mass. 

Dear Sir: We are in receipt of yours of the 3d advising us that you 
have purchased the Bank of Commerce at your place and soliciting our 
business. We have always handled our business with your bank and shall 
be glad to continue to do so. 

We wish to ask if you can not see your way clear to favor us with your 
Boston business. We would give to your account the same treatment you 
receive elsewhere and we believe that such an arrangement would be 
mutually beneficial and profitable. We allow the usual bankers' rate on 
full daily balances, credit on receipt all cash items, and transfer to your 
other correspondents at par from time to time as you may direct. 

Trusting to hear from you favorably on this proposition, and wishing 
you success in your new enterprise, we remain 

Very truly yours, 



Letter No. 3 
B.,L. Leslie, County Collector, 
Bedford City, Virginia. 
Dear Sir: I am in receipt of your printed notice of the 6th stating 
that my name appears on the delinquent personal tax book for 1906. Have 
you not made some mistake in this matter? By referring to your receipt 

247 



248 LETTERS 

stubs you will find that No. 5715 was issued by you December 31, 1905, 
in my favor for the payment of personal taxes to the amount of $34.80. 
I do not know of anything else that I should be called upon to pay. Please 
advise. 

Yours truly, 



Letter No. 4 
Messrs. Davidson & Kimball, 
Topeka, Kansas. 

Gentlemen: I herewith enclose you a list of land which you may offer 
for sale. I do not give you a complete list of all the lands I have, but I 
shall see you from time to time and if you have a buyer on hand who 
requires something different from what is on this list, I will let you know 
what other lands I have. Of course I can not give you exclusive sale of 
these lands, as they are subject to withdrawal at any time, but I shall be 
glad to have you find a buyer for any of them and I will cooperate with you 
in making sale. 

I shall be glad to have you find me a good renter for the 50-acre tract 
west of Topeka. I would let him have it on very moderate terms, provided 
he is a good worker. The place is especially adapted to market gardening 
and is well stocked with small fruits of all kinds. It is only four miles from 
the city limits and there is always a good market for all products at high 
prices. 

Very truly yours, 



Letter No. 5 
W. V. Wells, General Manager. 

Dear Sir: At about 8:30 p. m. on the 2d instant there were heavy rains 
on the Dakota Division between Fargo and Grand Forks with a washout 
of track for 60 feet 12 miles north of Fargo. At about 12:20 o'clock on 
the same night there was another rain and wind-storm in the same locality, 
washing out 40 feet of track together with the bridge over Silver Creek. 
The track was repaired temporarily, and we had trains moving in about 
24 hours. Passenger trains Nos. 102 and 26 w_ere delayed on account of 
these washouts. 

Respectfully, 



Letter No. 6 
John T. Collins, Superintendent. 

Dear Sir: At 8:12 this morning C. M. & T. train No. 43 was deraiied 
one and one-half miles south of Douglas, Colorado. The tank, engine, 
baggage and chair cars turned over on the side and the sleepers and diner 



LETTERS 24!) 

were left standing. About 300 feet of track was badly damaged and four 
passengers were injured by glass. Either the rear wheels of the tank or 
the forward wheels of the baggage ear left the track first. The wrecking 
crew was sent from Denver and arrived within three hours after the wreck. 
Conductor Garrison is unable to give the cause of the accident, but says 
it may have been a defective axle, as the rear axle on the tank was found 
broken after the accident. All traffic was delayed for about nine hours. 
Respectfully, 



Letter No. 7 
The Empire Insurance Co., 
New York City. 
Gentlemen: Will you write $3,000 on the schoolhouse and contents as 
described by the enclosed form? Elmwood is one of our largest suburbs 
and is under the protection of our city water supply, but owing to the fact 
that the streets are not paved they have formed a village fire company, 
which is supplemented by the city fire department at times when the roads 
are in good condition. As this is a first-class risk I will await your answer 
as to whether I may write this policy for that amount. 
Respectfully yours, 



Letter No. 8 
Mr. George R. Randall, Manager, 
Hartford, Ccnn. 
Dear Sir: I am in receipt of your favor of the 1st instant relative to the 
rates on special hazards and also risks not under the protection of our city 
water supply and fire department. The reason I have reduced the rates 
on some special hazards is that the risks have been improved. The build- 
ing occupied by Wagner & Co. has been equipped with automatic sprinklers. 
The equipment has been inspected and accepted by the State Inspector 
and the rate on stock reduced from $1.50 to 90 cents. The equipment was 
put in place some time ago, but owing to some defects the assured was not 
given credit for the improvements until June 1st. If you insist on placing 
unprotected risks on the prohibited list it will necessitate the cancellation 
of all policies covering this property. I should like your advice on this 
matter before doing anything further. 

Respectfully, 



250 LETTERS 

Letter No. 9 
Mr. Lawrence Matthews, 
Sterling, Illinois. 

Dear Sir: Your letter of the 5th instant received, and we note that you 
will complete the ice-breaks on the bridge at Rock Falls this week. We 
are very much pleased to have this job finished in such a short time. As 
soon as you finish this work you may store your tools at Rock Falls, taking 
pains to see that the storage place is dry. Send a list of the tools to us on 
the enclosed blank. When this is done, report to this office, as we want 
to make arrangements for the construction of a steel bridge at Pekin. It 
will probably take about four months to construct this bridge, and you will 
so arrange your affairs that you can go direct to Pekin and stay away that 
length of time. 

Hoping you will be able to report at the office not later than Monday 
of next week, we are 

Yours truly, 



Letter No. 10 
Mr. H. B. Meyers, 

Mount Holly, New Jersey. 
Dear Sir: We have a letter this morning from James T. Carter, one of 
the county commissioners of Morris county, complaining about the iron 
bridge that you constructed in this district. Please go over to Morris and 
arrange with Mr. Carter to accompany you to the bridge in question and 
talk over the matter with him. Make any changes that he wants, and be 
sure that he is satisfied before you leave. Mr. Carter is one of the leading 
members of the board, and we can not afford to have him dissatisfied about 
anything we have done. Please report promptly to this office the result of 
your interview and state what changes you will make. We will have 
materials and tools with the necessary men sent you from Newark, as it is 
much nearer than Mount Holly. 

Yours truly, 



INDEX 



A in phrases, 33, 36, 42, 43, 45, 130 

After in phrases, 79 

All in phrases, 89 

An in phrases, 33, 36, 42, 43, 45, 73 

And in phrases, 33, 36, 42, 43, 45, 
73, 130 

Another in phrases, 79 

Are in phrases, 89, 134 

As in phrases, 37, 42, 45, 54 

At last and at least distin- 
guished, 134 

Away, breve-w for, 30 

B 

Been in phrases, 106, 133 
-ble and -bly, 114 

-BLENESS, 114 

Brief consonants, 29 

Breve-w for way and away, 30 

Breve word-signs, 33 

used only in phrases, 36 
Breve-y used as a vowel, 30 
Breves for w, y, and h, 29 

joined initially to stems, 40, 42, 

43 
joined medially and finally to 

stems, 45, 46 
losing position when joined ini- 
tially to stems, 42, 43 
names of, 29 
phrasing of, 36. 37, 38 
retaining position when joined 

initially to stems, 40 
semicircular, enlarging of, 34 
two, joined initially to stems, 43 



Capital letters, 6 

CH and upward R, how distin- 
guished, 12 
Circle for s, 15 

how to make, 15 

large, 49 

large, vowels within, 49 
Circles within final hooks, 72, 76 

within initial hooks, 88, 96 
Circles and loops after n-hook, 72 

in phrasing, 54, 55 
Cog-, 110 

Colloquial contractions, 120 
Company in phrases, 130 
Com-, con-, 109 

implied by breve, 109 

omitted, 109 

represented by proximity, 109 
Com, con, cum, and cog, medially, 

109 
Concurrent vowels, 11, 14, 84 
Consonants, joining of stems, 18, 
19 

omission of, 128, 129, 130 

position of stems representing, 8 

represented by breves, 29 

represented by stems, 5, 7, 9, 11 , 
12 
Contractions, colloquial, 120 
Could, not used after stems In 

phrases, 135 
Curl, final, for -ing, 105, 106 

for n, 105 

for -ishun, 106 

initial, for in-, en-, un-, 105 
Curls in phrasing, 106 
Customer, 62 



251 



252 



INDEX 



Diagrams of all hooks, 99 
Did in phrases, 135 
Diphthongs, 13 

between stems, 19 

intervening, 92, 93, 94 

joined to stems, 14 

joined initially to downward L, 
61 
Disjoined outlines, 143 
Dollars and cents, 102 
Dot for com- and con-, 109 

for h, 119 

for -ing, 118 
Double-lengths, 78, 79 

in phrasing, 79 

s-circle after, 79 

position of, 78 



Else and less distinguished, 134 
Enlarging semicircular breves, 34 
-ever as suffix, 116 
Extent in phrases, 130 



F- or v-hook, 71 

circle within, 72 

curl within, 106 

in phrasing, 73 
Far in phrases, 135 
Figures, 101, 102 

in phrases, 102 
Final and initial curls, 105, 106 
Final hooks, large, 75, 76 

small, 71, 72, 73 
First in phrases, 50 
First position, variability of, 27 
For- as prefix, 111 
Fore- as prefix, 110 
-form as suffix, 116 
Fourth position, 16 

breves not written in, 46 

half-lengths not written in, 26 



Fourth position — horizontal stems 
not written in, 16 

-FULNESS as SUffix, 114 

H 

H represented by dot, 119 
H-breve, 29 

before upward and downward L, 
61 
Half-lengths in phrasing, 26 

large hooks after, 76 

not written in fourth position, 26 

position of, 25 

rules governing use of, 25, 26 

s-circle after hooks on, 72 

small hooks after, 72 
Has in phrases, 37, 42, 45, 54 
Have in phrases, 33, 36, 37, 45, 73, 

133 
He in phrases, 37, 42, 43, 45 
Heavy vowels, 6, 7 
Him in phrases, 45 
His in phrases, 37, 40, 45, 54 
Hole, 61 
Hooks, diagrams of, 99 

large final, 75, 76 

large initial, 87, 96, 97 

large initial, 87, 96, 97 

modification of shape of, 72 

omitted from outlines, 129 

small final, 71, 72, 73 

small final, used medially, 71 

small initial, 87, 88, 89 

two, joining of, 88 
Hour in phrases, 135 
How in phrases, 33, 37, 40 

I 

I in phrases, 34, 35, 37, 42, 45 

II-, 111 

Im-, 111 

Imperfect vowel expression, 11, 13 

Imperfectly vocalized outlines, 140 

In in phrases, 106 

In receipt, in response, etc., 89 



253 



In- as prefix, 111 

Initial and final curls, 105, 106 

Initial hooks, small, 87, 88, 89 
large, 87, 96, 97 

Initial wh, 30 

Initials, 119, 120 

-ino implied by breve, 118, 119 
represented by curl, 105, 106 
represented by dot, 118 

-ING3, 119 

-IXGLY, 88 

Intervening vowels and diph- 
thongs, 92, 93, 94 
1r-, 111 

Is in phrases, 37, 40, 45, 54 
Ishun-curl, 106 
It in phrases, 26, 55 
It is or its in phrases, 26, 55 
-iveness, 114 



Joining consonant stems, 18, 19 
diphthongs to stems, 14, 61 
two hooks, 88 
vowels to stems, 148 

K 
K after NG omitted, 128 
Knew, 22 

L 
L, final stem in outline, 61, 62, 63 

first stem in outline, 19, 57, 58 

followed by t or d, 26 

medially in outline, 65, 66, 67 

with initial circle or loop, 67 
L-hook, 87, 88, 89 

circle within, 88 

in phrasing, 89 
Large circle, 49 

vowels within, 49 
Large final hooks, 75 76 

circles after, 76 
Large loop, 50, 52 

in phrasing, 55 
Last and least distinguished, 134 



Lately and little distinguished, 

134 
Length of stems, 5 
Less and else distinguished, 134 
-lessness, 114 
Letters, capital, 6 
Light vowels, 10 
Little and lately distinguished, 

134 
Loop, large, 50 

small, 49 
Loops after n-hook, 72 

between stems, 52 

in phrases, 55 

M 
M after T omitted, 128 
Magna-, magne-, magni-, 110 

-MENTALITY and MENTAL-LY as SUf- 

fixes, 113 
Modifications of s-circle, 49, 50, 

51, 52 
Mr. in phrases, 136 



N-curl, initial, for in-, en-, or un-, 
105 
final, 105 
N-hook, 71 

circles and loops after, 72 
in phrasing, 73 
Names of breves, 29 
New, 22, 135 
Not in phrases, 73 
Now, 22 

O 
Ocean in phrases, 73 
Of in phrases, 34, 36, 37, 42, 45,' 
73, 130, 133 

-OLOGY, 114 

Omission of consonants, 128, 129, 

130 
hooks, 129 
syllables or words in phrases, 

129, 130, 136 



254 



INDEX 



One in phrases, 73, 97 

Or in phrases, 89, 102, 135 

Other in phrases, 76, 79, 133, 134 

Our in phrases, 89, 

Outlines changed in phrases, 107, 
136 
imperfectly vocalized, 110, 140 
position of, 8, 18, 25, 78 

Owe in phrases, 37, 45 

Owes, 34 

Own in phrases, 73, 106 



P after M omitted, 128 
Part in phrases, 135 
Past tense of regular verbs, 122, 
123, 124, 125 
of verb word-signs, 125, 126 
Phonetic spelling, 7 
Phrases, list of, 192 — 215 

position of, 20, 27, 36", 40, 42, 43 

syllables and words omitted 

from, 130, 136 

Phrasing, breve word-sigr-s used 

only in, 36 

breves joined to breves, 36, 37, 

38 
circles and loops in, 54, 55 
double-lengths in, 79 
half-lengths in, 26 
' hooks, 73, 76, 89, 96, 97 
miscellaneous rules for, 133, 134, 

135, 136 
outlines changed in, 136 
Plural vowels, 146, 147 
Position determined by accented 
vowel, 11 
words out of, 100, 101 
Position, fourth, 15 

breves not written in, 46 
half-lengths not written in, 26 
horizontal stems not written in, 
16 



Position of double-lengths, 78 
half-lengths, 25 

outlines consisting of one stem, 8 
outlines consisting of two or 
more stems, 18 

Position of phrases 

stems joined to stems, 20 
first position horizontals, 27 
breves joined to breves, 36 
breves retaining position, 40 
breves losing position, 42 
two breves joined to stem, 43 
vowels, 7 

Prefixes, 109, 110, 111 

Proper names, 6 

Proximity, com- and con- implied 
by, 109, 110 

Punctuation marks, 16 



R, final stem in outline, 61, 62, 63 
first stem in outline, 12, 19, 57, 
58 

R, followed by t or d, 26 

medially in outline, 65, 66, 67 
Avith initial circle or loop, 66, 67 

R and CH, how distinguished, 12 

R-hook, 87, 88, 89 

circle or loop preceding, 88 
in phrases, 89 

Regular verbs, past tense, 122, 123, 
124, 125 

Remember in phrases, 130 



S, half-length, written upward, 142 
S-circle, 15 

after double-lengths, 79 

after hooks on half-lengths, 72, 
76 

after loops or large circles, 50 

after n-hook, 72 

between stems, 21 

modifications of, 49, 50, 52 

preceding small initial hooks, 88 



INDEX 



255 



S-Circle, within f- or v-liook, 72 

within 1-hook, 88 

within r-hook on curved stems, 
88 
Said and stated distinguished, 52 
Saint in phrases, 135 
-scribe, 130 

Self represented by s-circle, 110 
-self as suffix, 115 

-SELVES, 115 

Semicircular breves, enlarging of, 

34 
Session in phrases, 130 
SH, first stem in outline, 58, 59 
final stem in outline, 61, 62, 63 
medial stem in outline, 66 
-ship as suffix, 115 
Should, not used after stems in 

phrases, 135 
Shun-hook, 75 

after s, in syllable "sition", 106 
after y-breve, 106 
used medially, 75 
Size, seize, 84 
Small final hooks, 71, 72, 73 
initial hooks, 87, 88, 89 
loops, 38, 49 
soever, 116 
Solemn, 67 

Special vocalization, 92, 93, 94 
St-loop, 49, 50 
Stairs in phrases, 55 
State in phrases, 136 
Stated and said distinguished, 52 
Stems, breves joined initially to, 
40, 42, 43, 
breves joined medially or finally 

to, 45, 46 
consonants represented by, 5, 7, 

9, 11, 12 
dipthongs joined to, 14 
half-length, not written in fourth 
position, 26 



Stems, horizontal, not written in 
fourth position, 16 
joining of, 18, 19 
length of, 5 
loops between, 52 
vowels between, 52 
vowels joined to, 148 
written upward and downward, 
12, 19, 57, 58, 59, 61, 62, 63, 
65, 66, 67 
Store in phrases, 55 
Str-loop, 50 
Suffixes, 113, 114, 115 
Syllables and words omitted from 
phrases, 130, 136 



T after S omitted, 128 
Ter-hook, 75 

used medially, 75 

used medially, 75 
Than in phrases, 73, 106 
That in phrases, 26 
The in phrases, 26, 37, 42, 45, 55 
The Other in phrases, 134 
Their in phrases, 55, 76, 79, 133 
Therefore in phrases, 136 
They are in phrases, 55, 76, 79 
-tial-ly omitted, 129 
Time in phrases, 97 
To, too, in phrases, 16, 26, 41, 42 

indicated by fourth position, 16 
To YOU, to your, 27 
-ty, words ending with, 83 

U 
-uation, 106 
Un-, 111 
Us in phrases, 133 



V- or f-hook, 71 
circle within, 72 
curl within, 106 
in phrasing, 73 



256 



Variability of first position, 27 
Verb word-signs, forming past 

tense of, 125, 126 
Verbs, regular, forming past tense 

of, 122, 123, 124, 125 
Vocalization, imperfect, 11, 13, 140 
Vowel expression, imperfect, 11, 13 
Vowel modified by sound of r, 13 

u represented by breve-y, 30 
Vowels between stems, 19 

concurrent, 11, 14, 84 

dash, 6, 7, 10 

heavy, 7 

how represented, 6 

indicated by form of outline, 82, 
83, 84 

intervening, 92, 93, 94 

joined to stems, 148 

light, 10 

plural, 146, 147 

reading, method of, 6 

with upward stems, 12 

within large circles, 49 

W 

W-breve, 29 

W-f olio wed by t or d, 30 

W-hook, 96, 97 

in phrasing, 97 

on upward L, 96 
Was in phrases, 97 
Way breve- w for, 30 
We in phrases, 29, 42, 43, 45, 97 
We can, 43 
We would, 43 
Well, in phrases, 134 
Were in phrases, 134- 
Wh- occurring initially, 30 
What in phrases 34, 36, 37, 40, 45, 
46, 97 



When in phrases, 34, 36, 37, 38, 40, 

45, 97 
Who in phrases, 36, 38, 40, 45 
Who, whom, 34 
Whole, 61 
Whose, 34 

Will in phrases, 89, 97 
With- as prefix, 110 
-with as suffix, 115 
With in phrases, 34, 36, 38, 40, 45 
Without in phrases, 34, 36, 37, 

40, 45 
Word outlines changed in phrases, 

136 
Word-signs defined, 15 

and their derivatives, list of, 

150-164 
represented by both breves and 

stems, 33 
Words and syllables omitted from 

phrases, 130, 136 
Words distinguished, list of 165- 

191 
out of position 100,101 
with peculiar outlines, 139-140, 

142, 143, 144 
Worthy as suffix, 116 
Would in phrases, 34, 36, 38, 40, 

45 



Y-breve, 29 

used to represent vowel u, 30 

written backward, 46 
Y-hook, 96 

in phrasing, 96 

You and your in phrases, 33, 
34, 36, 37, 38, 42, 45, 46, 96 
You would, 34 
Yours, 33 



AUG 29 1913 



